# Parameter Reference
Note
This documentation was auto-generated from the source code for this PX4 version (using make parameters_metadata
).
TIP
If a listed parameter is missing from the Firmware see: Finding/Updating Parameters.
# UAVCAN Motor Parameters
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
ctl_bw (INT32) | Speed controller bandwidth Comment: Speed controller bandwidth, in Hz. Higher values result in faster speed and current rise times, but may result in overshoot and higher current consumption. For fixed-wing aircraft, this value should be less than 50 Hz; for multirotors, values up to 100 Hz may provide improvements in responsiveness. | 10 > 250 | 75 | Hz |
ctl_dir (INT32) | Reverse direction Comment: Motor spin direction as detected during initial enumeration. Use 0 or 1 to reverse direction. | 0 > 1 | 1 | |
ctl_gain (FLOAT) | Speed (RPM) controller gain Comment: Speed (RPM) controller gain. Determines controller aggressiveness; units are amp-seconds per radian. Systems with higher rotational inertia (large props) will need gain increased; systems with low rotational inertia (small props) may need gain decreased. Higher values result in faster response, but may result in oscillation and excessive overshoot. Lower values result in a slower, smoother response. | 0.00 > 1.00 | 1 | C/rad |
ctl_hz_idle (FLOAT) | Idle speed (e Hz) Comment: Idle speed (e Hz) | 0.0 > 100.0 | 3.5 | Hz |
ctl_start_rate (INT32) | Spin-up rate (e Hz/s) Comment: Spin-up rate (e Hz/s) | 5 > 1000 | 25 | 1/s^2 |
esc_index (INT32) | Index of this ESC in throttle command messages. Comment: Index of this ESC in throttle command messages. | 0 > 15 | 0 | |
id_ext_status (INT32) | Extended status ID Comment: Extended status ID | 1 > 1000000 | 20034 | |
int_ext_status (INT32) | Extended status interval (µs) Comment: Extended status interval (µs) | 0 > 1000000 | 50000 | us |
int_status (INT32) | ESC status interval (µs) Comment: ESC status interval (µs) | ? > 1000000 | 50000 | us |
mot_i_max (FLOAT) | Motor current limit in amps Comment: Motor current limit in amps. This determines the maximum current controller setpoint, as well as the maximum allowable current setpoint slew rate. This value should generally be set to the continuous current rating listed in the motor’s specification sheet, or set equal to the motor’s specified continuous power divided by the motor voltage limit. | 1 > 80 | 12 | A |
mot_kv (INT32) | Motor Kv in RPM per volt Comment: Motor Kv in RPM per volt. This can be taken from the motor’s specification sheet; accuracy will help control performance but some deviation from the specified value is acceptable. | 0 > 4000 | 2300 | rpm/V |
mot_ls (FLOAT) | READ ONLY: Motor inductance in henries. Comment: READ ONLY: Motor inductance in henries. This is measured on start-up. | 0.0 | H | |
mot_num_poles (INT32) | Number of motor poles. Comment: Number of motor poles. Used to convert mechanical speeds to electrical speeds. This number should be taken from the motor’s specification sheet. | 2 > 40 | 14 | |
mot_rs (FLOAT) | READ ONLY: Motor resistance in ohms Comment: READ ONLY: Motor resistance in ohms. This is measured on start-up. When tuning a new motor, check that this value is approximately equal to the value shown in the motor’s specification sheet. | 0.0 | Ohm | |
mot_v_accel (FLOAT) | Acceleration limit (V) Comment: Acceleration limit (V) | 0.01 > 1.00 | 0.5 | V |
mot_v_max (FLOAT) | Motor voltage limit in volts Comment: Motor voltage limit in volts. The current controller’s commanded voltage will never exceed this value. Note that this may safely be above the nominal voltage of the motor; to determine the actual motor voltage limit, divide the motor’s rated power by the motor current limit. | 0 > ? | 14.8 | V |
# UAVCAN GNSS
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
gnss.dyn_model (INT32) | GNSS dynamic model Comment: Dynamic model used in the GNSS positioning engine. 0 – Automotive, 1 – Sea, 2 – Airborne. Values:
| 0 > 2 | 2 | |
gnss.old_fix_msg (INT32) | Broadcast old GNSS fix message Comment: Broadcast the old (deprecated) GNSS fix message uavcan.equipment.gnss.Fix alongside the new alternative uavcan.equipment.gnss.Fix2. It is recommended to disable this feature to reduce the CAN bus traffic. Values:
| 0 > 1 | 1 | |
gnss.warn_dimens (INT32) | device health warning Comment: Set the device health to Warning if the dimensionality of the GNSS solution is less than this value. 3 for the full (3D) solution, 2 for planar (2D) solution, 1 for time-only solution, 0 disables the feature. Values:
| 0 > 3 | 0 | |
gnss.warn_sats (INT32) | Comment: Set the device health to Warning if the number of satellites used in the GNSS solution is below this threshold. Zero disables the feature | 0 | ||
uavcan.pubp-pres (INT32) | Comment: Set the device health to Warning if the number of satellites used in the GNSS solution is below this threshold. Zero disables the feature | 0 > 1000000 | 0 | us |
# Airspeed Validator
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
ASPD_BETA_GATE (INT32) | Airspeed Selector: Gate size for sideslip angle fusion Comment: Sets the number of standard deviations used by the innovation consistency test. | 1 > 5 | 1 | SD |
ASPD_BETA_NOISE (FLOAT) | Airspeed Selector: Wind estimator sideslip measurement noise Comment: Sideslip measurement noise of the internal wind estimator(s) of the airspeed selector. | 0 > 1 | 0.3 | rad |
ASPD_DO_CHECKS (INT32) | Enable checks on airspeed sensors Comment: If set to true then the data comming from the airspeed sensors is checked for validity. Only applied if ASPD_PRIMARY > 0. | Enabled (1) | ||
ASPD_FALLBACK_GW (INT32) | Enable fallback to sensor-less airspeed estimation Comment: If set to true and airspeed checks are enabled, it will use a sensor-less airspeed estimation based on groundspeed minus windspeed if no other airspeed sensor available to fall back to. Values:
| Disabled (0) | ||
ASPD_FS_INNOV (FLOAT) | Airspeed failsafe consistency threshold Comment: This specifies the minimum airspeed test ratio required to trigger a failsafe. Larger values make the check less sensitive, smaller values make it more sensitive. Start with a value of 1.0 when tuning. When tas_test_ratio is > 1.0 it indicates the inconsistency between predicted and measured airspeed is large enough to cause the wind EKF to reject airspeed measurements. The time required to detect a fault when the threshold is exceeded depends on the size of the exceedance and is controlled by the ASPD_FS_INTEG parameter. | 0.5 > 3.0 | 1.0 | |
ASPD_FS_INTEG (FLOAT) | Airspeed failsafe consistency delay Comment: This sets the time integral of airspeed test ratio exceedance above ASPD_FS_INNOV required to trigger a failsafe. For example if ASPD_FS_INNOV is 1 and estimator_status.tas_test_ratio is 2.0, then the exceedance is 1.0 and the integral will rise at a rate of 1.0/second. A negative value disables the check. Larger positive values make the check less sensitive, smaller positive values make it more sensitive. | ? > 30.0 | 5.0 | s |
ASPD_FS_T_START (INT32) | Airspeed failsafe start delay Comment: Delay before switching back to using airspeed sensor if checks indicate sensor is good. Set to a negative value to disable the re-enabling in flight. | -1 > 1000 | -1 | s |
ASPD_FS_T_STOP (INT32) | Airspeed failsafe stop delay Comment: Delay before stopping use of airspeed sensor if checks indicate sensor is bad. | 1 > 10 | 2 | s |
ASPD_PRIMARY (INT32) | Index or primary airspeed measurement source Values:
Reboot required: true | 1 | ||
ASPD_SCALE (FLOAT) | Airspeed scale (scale from IAS to CAS) Comment: Scale can either be entered manually, or estimated in-flight by setting ASPD_SCALE_EST to 1. | 0.5 > 1.5 | 1.0 | |
ASPD_SCALE_EST (INT32) | Automatic airspeed scale estimation on Comment: Turns the automatic airspeed scale (scale from IAS to CAS) on or off. It is recommended to fly level altitude while performing the estimation. Set to 1 to start estimation (best when already flying). Set to 0 to end scale estimation. The estimated scale is then saved using the ASPD_SCALE parameter. | Disabled (0) | ||
ASPD_SC_P_NOISE (FLOAT) | Airspeed Selector: Wind estimator true airspeed scale process noise Comment: Airspeed scale process noise of the internal wind estimator(s) of the airspeed selector. | 0 > 0.1 | 0.0001 | Hz |
ASPD_TAS_GATE (INT32) | Airspeed Selector: Gate size for true airspeed fusion Comment: Sets the number of standard deviations used by the innovation consistency test. | 1 > 5 | 3 | SD |
ASPD_TAS_NOISE (FLOAT) | Airspeed Selector: Wind estimator true airspeed measurement noise Comment: True airspeed measurement noise of the internal wind estimator(s) of the airspeed selector. | 0 > 4 | 1.4 | m/s |
ASPD_W_P_NOISE (FLOAT) | Airspeed Selector: Wind estimator wind process noise Comment: Wind process noise of the internal wind estimator(s) of the airspeed selector. | 0 > 1 | 0.1 | m/s^2 |
# Angular Velocity Control
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
AVC_X_D (FLOAT) | Body X axis angular velocity D gain Comment: Body X axis angular velocity differential gain. Small values help reduce fast oscillations. If value is too big oscillations will appear again. | 0.0 > 2.0 (0.01) | 0.36 | |
AVC_X_FF (FLOAT) | Body X axis angular velocity feedforward gain Comment: Improves tracking performance. | 0.0 > ? | 0.0 | Nm/(rad/s) |
AVC_X_I (FLOAT) | Body X axis angular velocity I gain Comment: Body X axis angular velocity integral gain. Can be set to compensate static thrust difference or gravity center offset. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 0.2 | Nm/rad |
AVC_X_I_LIM (FLOAT) | Body X axis angular velocity integrator limit Comment: Body X axis angular velocity integrator limit. Can be set to increase the amount of integrator available to counteract disturbances or reduced to improve settling time after large roll moment trim changes. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 0.3 | Nm |
AVC_X_K (FLOAT) | Body X axis angular velocity controller gain Comment: Global gain of the controller. This gain scales the P, I and D terms of the controller: output = AVC_X_K * (AVC_X_P * error + AVC_X_I * error_integral + AVC_X_D * error_derivative) Set AVC_X_P=1 to implement a PID in the ideal form. Set AVC_X_K=1 to implement a PID in the parallel form. | 0.0 > 5.0 (0.0005) | 1.0 | |
AVC_X_P (FLOAT) | Body X axis angular velocity P gain Comment: Body X axis angular velocity proportional gain, i.e. control output for angular speed error 1 rad/s. | 0.0 > 20.0 (0.01) | 18. | 1/s |
AVC_Y_D (FLOAT) | Body Y axis angular velocity D gain Comment: Body Y axis angular velocity differential gain. Small values help reduce fast oscillations. If value is too big oscillations will appear again. | 0.0 > 2.0 (0.01) | 0.36 | |
AVC_Y_FF (FLOAT) | Body Y axis angular velocity feedforward Comment: Improves tracking performance. | 0.0 > ? | 0.0 | Nm/(rad/s) |
AVC_Y_I (FLOAT) | Body Y axis angular velocity I gain Comment: Body Y axis angular velocity integral gain. Can be set to compensate static thrust difference or gravity center offset. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 0.2 | Nm/rad |
AVC_Y_I_LIM (FLOAT) | Body Y axis angular velocity integrator limit Comment: Body Y axis angular velocity integrator limit. Can be set to increase the amount of integrator available to counteract disturbances or reduced to improve settling time after large pitch moment trim changes. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 0.3 | Nm |
AVC_Y_K (FLOAT) | Body Y axis angular velocity controller gain Comment: Global gain of the controller. This gain scales the P, I and D terms of the controller: output = AVC_Y_K * (AVC_Y_P * error + AVC_Y_I * error_integral + AVC_Y_D * error_derivative) Set AVC_Y_P=1 to implement a PID in the ideal form. Set AVC_Y_K=1 to implement a PID in the parallel form. | 0.0 > 20.0 (0.0005) | 1.0 | |
AVC_Y_P (FLOAT) | Body Y axis angular velocity P gain Comment: Body Y axis angular velocity proportional gain, i.e. control output for angular speed error 1 rad/s. | 0.0 > 20.0 (0.01) | 18. | 1/s |
AVC_Z_D (FLOAT) | Body Z axis angular velocity D gain Comment: Body Z axis angular velocity differential gain. Small values help reduce fast oscillations. If value is too big oscillations will appear again. | 0.0 > 2.0 (0.01) | 0.0 | |
AVC_Z_FF (FLOAT) | Body Z axis angular velocity feedforward Comment: Improves tracking performance. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 0.0 | Nm/(rad/s) |
AVC_Z_I (FLOAT) | Body Z axis angular velocity I gain Comment: Body Z axis angular velocity integral gain. Can be set to compensate static thrust difference or gravity center offset. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 0.1 | Nm/rad |
AVC_Z_I_LIM (FLOAT) | Body Z axis angular velocity integrator limit Comment: Body Z axis angular velocity integrator limit. Can be set to increase the amount of integrator available to counteract disturbances or reduced to improve settling time after large yaw moment trim changes. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 0.30 | Nm |
AVC_Z_K (FLOAT) | Body Z axis angular velocity controller gain Comment: Global gain of the controller. This gain scales the P, I and D terms of the controller: output = AVC_Z_K * (AVC_Z_P * error + AVC_Z_I * error_integral + AVC_Z_D * error_derivative) Set AVC_Z_P=1 to implement a PID in the ideal form. Set AVC_Z_K=1 to implement a PID in the parallel form. | 0.0 > 5.0 (0.0005) | 1.0 | |
AVC_Z_P (FLOAT) | Body Z axis angular velocity P gain Comment: Body Z axis angular velocity proportional gain, i.e. control output for angular speed error 1 rad/s. | 0.0 > 20.0 (0.01) | 7. | 1/s |
# Attitude Q estimator
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
ATT_ACC_COMP (INT32) | Acceleration compensation based on GPS velocity | Enabled (1) | ||
ATT_BIAS_MAX (FLOAT) | Gyro bias limit | 0 > 2 | 0.05 | rad/s |
ATT_EXT_HDG_M (INT32) | External heading usage mode (from Motion capture/Vision) Comment: Set to 1 to use heading estimate from vision. Set to 2 to use heading from motion capture. Values:
| 0 > 2 | 0 | |
ATT_MAG_DECL (FLOAT) | Magnetic declination, in degrees Comment: This parameter is not used in normal operation, as the declination is looked up based on the GPS coordinates of the vehicle. | 0.0 | deg | |
ATT_MAG_DECL_A (INT32) | Automatic GPS based declination compensation | Enabled (1) | ||
ATT_W_ACC (FLOAT) | Complimentary filter accelerometer weight | 0 > 1 | 0.2 | |
ATT_W_EXT_HDG (FLOAT) | Complimentary filter external heading weight | 0 > 1 | 0.1 | |
ATT_W_GYRO_BIAS (FLOAT) | Complimentary filter gyroscope bias weight | 0 > 1 | 0.1 | |
ATT_W_MAG (FLOAT) | Complimentary filter magnetometer weight Comment: Set to 0 to avoid using the magnetometer. | 0 > 1 | 0.1 |
# Battery Calibration
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
BAT1_A_PER_V (FLOAT) | Battery 1 current per volt (A/V) Comment: The voltage seen by the ADC multiplied by this factor will determine the battery current. A value of -1 means to use the board default. Reboot required: True | -1.0 | ||
BAT1_CAPACITY (FLOAT) | Battery 1 capacity Comment: Defines the capacity of battery 1 in mAh. Reboot required: True | -1.0 > 100000 (50) | -1.0 | mAh |
BAT1_I_CHANNEL (INT32) | Battery 1 Current ADC Channel Comment: This parameter specifies the ADC channel used to monitor current of main power battery. A value of -1 means to use the board default. Reboot required: True | -1 | ||
BAT1_N_CELLS (INT32) | Number of cells for battery 1 Comment: Defines the number of cells the attached battery consists of. Values:
Reboot required: True | 0 | ||
BAT1_R_INTERNAL (FLOAT) | Explicitly defines the per cell internal resistance for battery 1 Comment: If non-negative, then this will be used in place of BAT1_V_LOAD_DROP for all calculations. Reboot required: True | -1.0 > 0.2 (0.01) | -1.0 | Ohm |
BAT1_SOURCE (INT32) | Battery 1 monitoring source Comment: This parameter controls the source of battery data. The value 'Power Module' means that measurements are expected to come from a power module. If the value is set to 'External' then the system expects to receive mavlink battery status messages. If the value is set to 'ESCs', the battery information are taken from the esc_status message. This requires the ESC to provide both voltage as well as current. Values:
Reboot required: True | 0 | ||
BAT1_V_CHANNEL (INT32) | Battery 1 Voltage ADC Channel Comment: This parameter specifies the ADC channel used to monitor voltage of main power battery. A value of -1 means to use the board default. Reboot required: True | -1 | ||
BAT1_V_CHARGED (FLOAT) | Full cell voltage (5C load) Comment: Defines the voltage where a single cell of battery 1 is considered full under a mild load. This will never be the nominal voltage of 4.2V Reboot required: True | (0.01) | 4.05 | V |
BAT1_V_DIV (FLOAT) | Battery 1 voltage divider (V divider) Comment: This is the divider from battery 1 voltage to ADC voltage. If using e.g. Mauch power modules the value from the datasheet can be applied straight here. A value of -1 means to use the board default. Reboot required: True | -1.0 | ||
BAT1_V_EMPTY (FLOAT) | Empty cell voltage (5C load) Comment: Defines the voltage where a single cell of battery 1 is considered empty. The voltage should be chosen before the steep dropoff to 2.8V. A typical lithium battery can only be discharged down to 10% before it drops off to a voltage level damaging the cells. Reboot required: True | (0.01) | 3.5 | V |
BAT1_V_LOAD_DROP (FLOAT) | Voltage drop per cell on full throttle Comment: This implicitely defines the internal resistance to maximum current ratio for battery 1 and assumes linearity. A good value to use is the difference between the 5C and 20-25C load. Not used if BAT1_R_INTERNAL is set. Reboot required: True | 0.07 > 0.5 (0.01) | 0.3 | V |
BAT2_A_PER_V (FLOAT) | Battery 2 current per volt (A/V) Comment: The voltage seen by the ADC multiplied by this factor will determine the battery current. A value of -1 means to use the board default. Reboot required: True | -1.0 | ||
BAT2_CAPACITY (FLOAT) | Battery 2 capacity Comment: Defines the capacity of battery 2 in mAh. Reboot required: True | -1.0 > 100000 (50) | -1.0 | mAh |
BAT2_I_CHANNEL (INT32) | Battery 2 Current ADC Channel Comment: This parameter specifies the ADC channel used to monitor current of main power battery. A value of -1 means to use the board default. Reboot required: True | -1 | ||
BAT2_N_CELLS (INT32) | Number of cells for battery 2 Comment: Defines the number of cells the attached battery consists of. Values:
Reboot required: True | 0 | ||
BAT2_R_INTERNAL (FLOAT) | Explicitly defines the per cell internal resistance for battery 2 Comment: If non-negative, then this will be used in place of BAT2_V_LOAD_DROP for all calculations. Reboot required: True | -1.0 > 0.2 (0.01) | -1.0 | Ohm |
BAT2_SOURCE (INT32) | Battery 2 monitoring source Comment: This parameter controls the source of battery data. The value 'Power Module' means that measurements are expected to come from a power module. If the value is set to 'External' then the system expects to receive mavlink battery status messages. If the value is set to 'ESCs', the battery information are taken from the esc_status message. This requires the ESC to provide both voltage as well as current. Values:
Reboot required: True | -1 | ||
BAT2_V_CHANNEL (INT32) | Battery 2 Voltage ADC Channel Comment: This parameter specifies the ADC channel used to monitor voltage of main power battery. A value of -1 means to use the board default. Reboot required: True | -1 | ||
BAT2_V_CHARGED (FLOAT) | Full cell voltage (5C load) Comment: Defines the voltage where a single cell of battery 1 is considered full under a mild load. This will never be the nominal voltage of 4.2V Reboot required: True | (0.01) | 4.05 | V |
BAT2_V_DIV (FLOAT) | Battery 2 voltage divider (V divider) Comment: This is the divider from battery 2 voltage to ADC voltage. If using e.g. Mauch power modules the value from the datasheet can be applied straight here. A value of -1 means to use the board default. Reboot required: True | -1.0 | ||
BAT2_V_EMPTY (FLOAT) | Empty cell voltage (5C load) Comment: Defines the voltage where a single cell of battery 1 is considered empty. The voltage should be chosen before the steep dropoff to 2.8V. A typical lithium battery can only be discharged down to 10% before it drops off to a voltage level damaging the cells. Reboot required: True | (0.01) | 3.5 | V |
BAT2_V_LOAD_DROP (FLOAT) | Voltage drop per cell on full throttle Comment: This implicitely defines the internal resistance to maximum current ratio for battery 1 and assumes linearity. A good value to use is the difference between the 5C and 20-25C load. Not used if BAT2_R_INTERNAL is set. Reboot required: True | 0.07 > 0.5 (0.01) | 0.3 | V |
BAT_ADC_CHANNEL (INT32) | This parameter is deprecated. Please use BAT1_ADC_CHANNEL | -1 | ||
BAT_A_PER_V (FLOAT) | This parameter is deprecated. Please use BAT1_A_PER_V | -1.0 | ||
BAT_CAPACITY (FLOAT) | This parameter is deprecated. Please use BAT1_CAPACITY instead Comment: Defines the capacity of battery 1. Reboot required: true | -1.0 > 100000 (50) | -1.0 | mAh |
BAT_CRIT_THR (FLOAT) | Critical threshold Comment: Sets the threshold when the battery will be reported as critically low. This has to be lower than the low threshold. This threshold commonly will trigger RTL. Reboot required: true | 0.05 > 0.25 (0.01) | 0.07 | norm |
BAT_EMERGEN_THR (FLOAT) | Emergency threshold Comment: Sets the threshold when the battery will be reported as dangerously low. This has to be lower than the critical threshold. This threshold commonly will trigger landing. Reboot required: true | 0.03 > 0.1 (0.01) | 0.05 | norm |
BAT_LOW_THR (FLOAT) | Low threshold Comment: Sets the threshold when the battery will be reported as low. This has to be higher than the critical threshold. Reboot required: true | 0.12 > 0.5 (0.01) | 0.15 | norm |
BAT_N_CELLS (INT32) | This parameter is deprecated. Please use BAT1_N_CELLS instead Comment: Defines the number of cells the attached battery consists of. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | S | |
BAT_R_INTERNAL (FLOAT) | This parameter is deprecated. Please use BAT1_R_INTERNAL instead Comment: If non-negative, then this will be used in place of BAT_V_LOAD_DROP for all calculations. Reboot required: true | -1.0 > 0.2 | -1.0 | Ohm |
BAT_SOURCE (INT32) | This parameter is deprecated. Please use BAT1_SOURCE instead Comment: Battery monitoring source. This parameter controls the source of battery data. The value 'Power Module' means that measurements are expected to come from a power module. If the value is set to 'External' then the system expects to receive mavlink battery status messages. Values:
| 0 > 1 | 0 | |
BAT_V_CHARGED (FLOAT) | This parameter is deprecated. Please use BAT1_V_CHARGED instead Comment: Defines the voltage where a single cell of battery 1 is considered full under a mild load. This will never be the nominal voltage of 4.2V Reboot required: true | (0.01) | 4.05 | V |
BAT_V_DIV (FLOAT) | This parameter is deprecated. Please use BAT1_V_DIV | -1.0 | ||
BAT_V_EMPTY (FLOAT) | This parameter is deprecated. Please use BAT1_V_EMPTY instead Comment: Defines the voltage where a single cell of battery 1 is considered empty. The voltage should be chosen before the steep dropoff to 2.8V. A typical lithium battery can only be discharged down to 10% before it drops off to a voltage level damaging the cells. Reboot required: true | (0.01) | 3.5 | V |
BAT_V_LOAD_DROP (FLOAT) | This parameter is deprecated. Please use BAT1_V_LOAD_DROP instead Comment: This implicitely defines the internal resistance to maximum current ratio for battery 1 and assumes linearity. A good value to use is the difference between the 5C and 20-25C load. Not used if BAT_R_INTERNAL is set. Reboot required: true | 0.07 > 0.5 (0.01) | 0.3 | V |
BAT_V_OFFS_CURR (FLOAT) | Offset in volt as seen by the ADC input of the current sensor Comment: This offset will be subtracted before calculating the battery current based on the voltage. | 0.0 |
# Camera Capture
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
CAM_CAP_DELAY (FLOAT) | Camera strobe delay Comment: This parameter sets the delay between image integration start and strobe firing | 0.0 > 100.0 | 0.0 | ms |
# Camera Control
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
CAM_CAP_EDGE (INT32) | Camera capture edge Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
CAM_CAP_FBACK (INT32) | Camera capture feedback Comment: Enables camera capture feedback Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) | ||
CAM_CAP_MODE (INT32) | Camera capture timestamping mode Comment: Change time measurement Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 |
# Camera trigger
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
TRIG_ACT_TIME (FLOAT) | Camera trigger activation time Comment: This parameter sets the time the trigger needs to pulled high or low. Reboot required: true | 0.1 > 3000 | 40.0 | ms |
TRIG_DISTANCE (FLOAT) | Camera trigger distance Comment: Sets the distance at which to trigger the camera. Reboot required: true | 0 > ? (1) | 25.0 | m |
TRIG_INTERFACE (INT32) | Camera trigger Interface Comment: Selects the trigger interface Values:
Reboot required: true | 4 | ||
TRIG_INTERVAL (FLOAT) | Camera trigger interval Comment: This parameter sets the time between two consecutive trigger events Reboot required: true | 4.0 > 10000.0 | 40.0 | ms |
TRIG_MIN_INTERVA (FLOAT) | Minimum camera trigger interval Comment: This parameter sets the minimum time between two consecutive trigger events the specific camera setup is supporting. Reboot required: true | 1.0 > 10000.0 | 1.0 | ms |
TRIG_MODE (INT32) | Camera trigger mode Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 4 | 0 | |
TRIG_PINS (INT32) | Camera trigger pin Comment: Selects which FMU pin is used (range: AUX1-AUX8 on Pixhawk controllers with an I/O board, MAIN1-MAIN8 on controllers without an I/O board. The PWM interface takes two pins per camera, while relay triggers on every pin individually. Example: Value 56 would trigger on pins 5 and 6. For GPIO mode Pin 6 will be triggered followed by 5. With a value of 65 pin 5 will be triggered followed by 6. Pins may be non contiguous. I.E. 16 or 61. In GPIO mode the delay pin to pin is < .2 uS. Note: only with a value of 56 or 78 it is possible to use the lower pins for actuator outputs (e.g. ESC's). Reboot required: true | 1 > 12345678 | 56 | |
TRIG_PINS_EX (INT32) | Camera trigger pin extended Comment: This Bit mask selects which FMU pin is used (range: AUX9-AUX32) If the value is not 0 it takes precedence over TRIG_PINS. If bits above 8 are set that value is used as the selector for trigger pins. greater then 8. 0x00000300 Would be Pins 9,10. If the value is Reboot required: true | 0 > 4294967040 | 0 | |
TRIG_POLARITY (INT32) | Camera trigger polarity Comment: This parameter sets the polarity of the trigger (0 = active low, 1 = active high ) Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 1 | 0 | |
TRIG_PWM_NEUTRAL (INT32) | PWM neutral output on trigger pin Reboot required: true | 1000 > 2000 | 1500 | us |
TRIG_PWM_SHOOT (INT32) | PWM output to trigger shot Reboot required: true | 1000 > 2000 | 1900 | us |
# Circuit Breaker
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
CBRK_AIRSPD_CHK (INT32) | Circuit breaker for airspeed sensor Comment: Setting this parameter to 162128 will disable the check for an airspeed sensor. The sensor driver will not be started and it cannot be calibrated. WARNING: ENABLING THIS CIRCUIT BREAKER IS AT OWN RISK Reboot required: true | 0 > 162128 | 0 | |
CBRK_BUZZER (INT32) | Circuit breaker for disabling buzzer Comment: Setting this parameter to 782097 will disable the buzzer audio notification. Setting this parameter to 782090 will disable the startup tune, while keeping all others enabled. Reboot required: true | 0 > 782097 | 0 | |
CBRK_ENGINEFAIL (INT32) | Circuit breaker for engine failure detection Comment: Setting this parameter to 284953 will disable the engine failure detection. If the aircraft is in engine failure mode the engine failure flag will be set to healthy WARNING: ENABLING THIS CIRCUIT BREAKER IS AT OWN RISK Reboot required: true | 0 > 284953 | 284953 | |
CBRK_FLIGHTTERM (INT32) | Circuit breaker for flight termination Comment: Setting this parameter to 121212 will disable the flight termination action if triggered by the FailureDetector logic or if FMU is lost. This circuit breaker does not affect the RC loss, data link loss, geofence, and takeoff failure detection safety logic. Reboot required: true | 0 > 121212 | 121212 | |
CBRK_IO_SAFETY (INT32) | Circuit breaker for IO safety Comment: Setting this parameter to 22027 will disable IO safety. WARNING: ENABLING THIS CIRCUIT BREAKER IS AT OWN RISK Reboot required: true | 0 > 22027 | 22027 | |
CBRK_RATE_CTRL (INT32) | Circuit breaker for rate controller output Comment: Setting this parameter to 140253 will disable the rate controller uORB publication. WARNING: ENABLING THIS CIRCUIT BREAKER IS AT OWN RISK Reboot required: true | 0 > 140253 | 0 | |
CBRK_SUPPLY_CHK (INT32) | Circuit breaker for power supply check Comment: Setting this parameter to 894281 will disable the power valid checks in the commander. WARNING: ENABLING THIS CIRCUIT BREAKER IS AT OWN RISK Reboot required: true | 0 > 894281 | 0 | |
CBRK_USB_CHK (INT32) | Circuit breaker for USB link check Comment: Setting this parameter to 197848 will disable the USB connected checks in the commander, setting it to 0 keeps them enabled (recommended). We are generally recommending to not fly with the USB link connected and production vehicles should set this parameter to zero to prevent users from flying USB powered. However, for R&D purposes it has proven over the years to work just fine. Reboot required: true | 0 > 197848 | 197848 | |
CBRK_VELPOSERR (INT32) | Circuit breaker for position error check Comment: Setting this parameter to 201607 will disable the position and velocity accuracy checks in the commander. WARNING: ENABLING THIS CIRCUIT BREAKER IS AT OWN RISK Reboot required: true | 0 > 201607 | 0 | |
CBRK_VTOLARMING (INT32) | Circuit breaker for arming in fixed-wing mode check Comment: Setting this parameter to 159753 will enable arming in fixed-wing mode for VTOLs. WARNING: ENABLING THIS CIRCUIT BREAKER IS AT OWN RISK Reboot required: true | 0 > 159753 | 0 |
# Commander
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
COM_ARM_ARSP_EN (INT32) | Enable preflight check for maximal allowed airspeed when arming Comment: Deny arming if the current airspeed measurement is greater than half the cruise airspeed (FW_AIRSPD_TRIM). Excessive airspeed measurements on ground are either caused by wind or bad airspeed calibration. Values:
| 1 | ||
COM_ARM_AUTH_ID (INT32) | Arm authorizer system id Comment: Used if arm authorization is requested by COM_ARM_AUTH_REQ. | 10 | ||
COM_ARM_AUTH_MET (INT32) | Arm authorization method Comment: Methods: - one arm: request authorization and arm when authorization is received - two step arm: 1st arm command request an authorization and 2nd arm command arm the drone if authorized Used if arm authorization is requested by COM_ARM_AUTH_REQ. Values:
| 0 | ||
COM_ARM_AUTH_REQ (INT32) | Require arm authorization to arm Comment: By default off. The default allows to arm the vehicle without a arm authorization. | Disabled (0) | ||
COM_ARM_AUTH_TO (FLOAT) | Arm authorization timeout Comment: Timeout for authorizer answer. Used if arm authorization is requested by COM_ARM_AUTH_REQ. | (0.1) | 1 | s |
COM_ARM_CHK_ESCS (INT32) | Enable checks on ESCs that report telemetry Comment: If this parameter is set, the system will check ESC's online status and failures. This param is specific for ESCs reporting status. It shall be used only if ESCs support telemetry. | Disabled (0) | ||
COM_ARM_EKF_HGT (FLOAT) | Maximum EKF height innovation test ratio that will allow arming | 0.1 > 1.0 (0.05) | 1.0 | |
COM_ARM_EKF_POS (FLOAT) | Maximum EKF position innovation test ratio that will allow arming | 0.1 > 1.0 (0.05) | 0.5 | |
COM_ARM_EKF_VEL (FLOAT) | Maximum EKF velocity innovation test ratio that will allow arming | 0.1 > 1.0 (0.05) | 0.5 | |
COM_ARM_EKF_YAW (FLOAT) | Maximum EKF yaw innovation test ratio that will allow arming | 0.1 > 1.0 (0.05) | 0.5 | |
COM_ARM_IMU_ACC (FLOAT) | Maximum accelerometer inconsistency between IMU units that will allow arming | 0.1 > 1.0 (0.05) | 0.7 | m/s^2 |
COM_ARM_IMU_GYR (FLOAT) | Maximum rate gyro inconsistency between IMU units that will allow arming | 0.02 > 0.3 (0.01) | 0.25 | rad/s |
COM_ARM_MAG_ANG (INT32) | Maximum magnetic field inconsistency between units that will allow arming Comment: Set -1 to disable the check. | 3 > 180 | 45 | deg |
COM_ARM_MAG_STR (INT32) | Enable mag strength preflight check Comment: Deny arming if the estimator detects a strong magnetic disturbance (check enabled by EKF2_MAG_CHECK) | Enabled (1) | ||
COM_ARM_MIS_REQ (INT32) | Require valid mission to arm Comment: The default allows to arm the vehicle without a valid mission. | Disabled (0) | ||
COM_ARM_SDCARD (INT32) | Enable FMU SD card detection check Comment: This check detects if the FMU SD card is missing. Depending on the value of the parameter, the check can be disabled, warn only or deny arming. Values:
| 1 | ||
COM_ARM_SWISBTN (INT32) | Arm switch is a momentary button Comment: 0: Arming/disarming triggers on switch transition. 1: Arming/disarming triggers when holding the momentary button down for COM_RC_ARM_HYST like the stick gesture. | Disabled (0) | ||
COM_ARM_WO_GPS (INT32) | Allow arming without GPS Comment: The default allows the vehicle to arm without GPS signal. Values:
| 1 | ||
COM_CPU_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum allowed CPU load to still arm Comment: A negative value disables the check. | -1 > 100 (1) | 90.0 | % |
COM_DISARM_LAND (FLOAT) | Time-out for auto disarm after landing Comment: A non-zero, positive value specifies the time-out period in seconds after which the vehicle will be automatically disarmed in case a landing situation has been detected during this period. A zero or negative value means that automatic disarming triggered by landing detection is disabled. | 2.0 | s | |
COM_DISARM_PRFLT (FLOAT) | Time-out for auto disarm if not taking off Comment: A non-zero, positive value specifies the time in seconds, within which the vehicle is expected to take off after arming. In case the vehicle didn't takeoff within the timeout it disarms again. A negative value disables autmoatic disarming triggered by a pre-takeoff timeout. | 10.0 | s | |
COM_DL_LOSS_T (INT32) | Datalink loss time threshold Comment: After this amount of seconds without datalink the data link lost mode triggers | 5 > 300 (1) | 10 | s |
COM_EF_C2T (FLOAT) | Engine Failure Current/Throttle Threshold Comment: Engine failure triggers only below this current value | 0.0 > 50.0 (1) | 5.0 | A/% |
COM_EF_THROT (FLOAT) | Engine Failure Throttle Threshold Comment: Engine failure triggers only above this throttle value | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 0.5 | norm |
COM_EF_TIME (FLOAT) | Engine Failure Time Threshold Comment: Engine failure triggers only if the throttle threshold and the current to throttle threshold are violated for this time | 0.0 > 60.0 (1) | 10.0 | s |
COM_FLIGHT_UUID (INT32) | Next flight UUID Comment: This number is incremented automatically after every flight on disarming in order to remember the next flight UUID. The first flight is 0. | 0 > ? | 0 | |
COM_FLTMODE1 (INT32) | First flightmode slot (1000-1160) Comment: If the main switch channel is in this range the selected flight mode will be applied. Values:
| -1 | ||
COM_FLTMODE2 (INT32) | Second flightmode slot (1160-1320) Comment: If the main switch channel is in this range the selected flight mode will be applied. Values:
| -1 | ||
COM_FLTMODE3 (INT32) | Third flightmode slot (1320-1480) Comment: If the main switch channel is in this range the selected flight mode will be applied. Values:
| -1 | ||
COM_FLTMODE4 (INT32) | Fourth flightmode slot (1480-1640) Comment: If the main switch channel is in this range the selected flight mode will be applied. Values:
| -1 | ||
COM_FLTMODE5 (INT32) | Fifth flightmode slot (1640-1800) Comment: If the main switch channel is in this range the selected flight mode will be applied. Values:
| -1 | ||
COM_FLTMODE6 (INT32) | Sixth flightmode slot (1800-2000) Comment: If the main switch channel is in this range the selected flight mode will be applied. Values:
| -1 | ||
COM_FLT_PROFILE (INT32) | User Flight Profile Comment: Describes the intended use of the vehicle. Can be used by ground control software or log post processing. This param does not influence the behavior within the firmware. This means for example the control logic is independent of the setting of this param (but depends on other params). Values:
| 0 | ||
COM_HLDL_LOSS_T (INT32) | High Latency Datalink loss time threshold Comment: After this amount of seconds without datalink the data link lost mode triggers | 60 > 3600 | 120 | s |
COM_HLDL_REG_T (INT32) | High Latency Datalink regain time threshold Comment: After a data link loss: after this number of seconds with a healthy datalink the 'datalink loss' flag is set back to false | 0 > 60 | 0 | s |
COM_HOME_H_T (FLOAT) | Home set horizontal threshold Comment: The home position will be set if the estimated positioning accuracy is below the threshold. | 2 > 15 (0.5) | 5.0 | m |
COM_HOME_IN_AIR (INT32) | Allows setting the home position after takeoff Comment: If set to true, the autopilot is allowed to set its home position after takeoff The true home position is back-computed if a local position is estimate if available. If no local position is available, home is set to the current position. | Disabled (0) | ||
COM_HOME_V_T (FLOAT) | Home set vertical threshold Comment: The home position will be set if the estimated positioning accuracy is below the threshold. | 5 > 25 (0.5) | 10.0 | m |
COM_KILL_DISARM (FLOAT) | Timeout value for disarming when kill switch is engaged | 0.0 > 30.0 (0.1) | 5.0 | s |
COM_LKDOWN_TKO (FLOAT) | Timeout for detecting a failure after takeoff Comment: A non-zero, positive value specifies the timeframe in seconds within failure detector is allowed to put the vehicle into a lockdown state if attitude exceeds the limits defined in FD_FAIL_P and FD_FAIL_R. The check is not executed for flight modes that do support acrobatic maneuvers, e.g: Acro (MC/FW) and Manual (FW). A zero or negative value means that the check is disabled. | -1.0 > 5.0 | 3.0 | s |
COM_LOW_BAT_ACT (INT32) | Battery failsafe mode Comment: Action the system takes at critical battery. See also BAT_CRIT_THR and BAT_EMERGEN_THR for definition of battery states. Values:
| (1) | 0 | |
COM_MOT_TEST_EN (INT32) | Enable Motor Testing Comment: If set, enables the motor test interface via MAVLink (DO_MOTOR_TEST), that allows spinning the motors for testing purposes. | Enabled (1) | ||
COM_OBC_LOSS_T (FLOAT) | Time-out to wait when onboard computer connection is lost before warning about loss connection | 0 > 60 (0.01) | 5.0 | s |
COM_OBL_ACT (INT32) | Set offboard loss failsafe mode Comment: The offboard loss failsafe will only be entered after a timeout, set by COM_OF_LOSS_T in seconds. Values:
| 0 | ||
COM_OBL_RC_ACT (INT32) | Set offboard loss failsafe mode when RC is available Comment: The offboard loss failsafe will only be entered after a timeout, set by COM_OF_LOSS_T in seconds. Values:
| 0 | ||
COM_OBS_AVOID (INT32) | Flag to enable obstacle avoidance | Disabled (0) | ||
COM_OF_LOSS_T (FLOAT) | Time-out to wait when offboard connection is lost before triggering offboard lost action Comment: See COM_OBL_ACT and COM_OBL_RC_ACT to configure action. | 0 > 60 (0.01) | 1.0 | s |
COM_POSCTL_NAVL (INT32) | Position control navigation loss response Comment: This sets the flight mode that will be used if navigation accuracy is no longer adequate for position control. Navigation accuracy checks can be disabled using the CBRK_VELPOSERR parameter, but doing so will remove protection for all flight modes. Values:
| 0 | ||
COM_POS_FS_DELAY (INT32) | Loss of position failsafe activation delay Comment: This sets number of seconds that the position checks need to be failed before the failsafe will activate. The default value has been optimised for rotary wing applications. For fixed wing applications, a larger value between 5 and 10 should be used. Reboot required: true | 1 > 100 | 1 | s |
COM_POS_FS_EPH (FLOAT) | Horizontal position error threshold Comment: This is the horizontal position error (EPH) threshold that will trigger a failsafe. The default is appropriate for a multicopter. Can be increased for a fixed-wing. | 5 | m | |
COM_POS_FS_EPV (FLOAT) | Vertical position error threshold Comment: This is the vertical position error (EPV) threshold that will trigger a failsafe. The default is appropriate for a multicopter. Can be increased for a fixed-wing. | 10 | m | |
COM_POS_FS_GAIN (INT32) | Loss of position probation gain factor Comment: This sets the rate that the loss of position probation time grows when position checks are failing. The default value has been optimised for rotary wing applications. For fixed wing applications a value of 0 should be used. Reboot required: true | 10 | ||
COM_POS_FS_PROB (INT32) | Loss of position probation delay at takeoff Comment: The probation delay is the number of seconds that the EKF innovation checks need to pass for the position to be declared good after it has been declared bad. The probation delay will be reset to this parameter value when takeoff is detected. After takeoff, if position checks are passing, the probation delay will reduce by one second for every lapsed second of valid position down to a minimum of 1 second. If position checks are failing, the probation delay will increase by COM_POS_FS_GAIN seconds for every lapsed second up to a maximum of 100 seconds. The default value has been optimised for rotary wing applications. For fixed wing applications, a value of 1 should be used. Reboot required: true | 1 > 100 | 30 | s |
COM_POWER_COUNT (INT32) | Required number of redundant power modules Comment: This configures a check to verify the expected number of 5V rail power supplies are present. By default only one is expected. Note: CBRK_SUPPLY_CHK disables all power checks including this one. | 0 > 4 | 1 | |
COM_PREARM_MODE (INT32) | Condition to enter prearmed mode Comment: Condition to enter the prearmed state, an intermediate state between disarmed and armed in which non-throttling actuators are active. Values:
| 0 | ||
COM_RCL_ACT_T (FLOAT) | Delay between RC loss and configured reaction Comment: RC signal not updated -> still use data for COM_RC_LOSS_T seconds Consider RC signal lost -> wait COM_RCL_ACT_T seconds on the spot waiting to regain signal React with failsafe action NAV_RCL_ACT A zero value disables the delay. | 0.0 > 25.0 | 15.0 | s |
COM_RCL_EXCEPT (INT32) | RC loss exceptions Comment: Specify modes in which RC loss is ignored and the failsafe action not triggered. Bitmask:
| 0 > 31 | 0 | |
COM_RC_ARM_HYST (INT32) | RC input arm/disarm command duration Comment: The default value of 1000 requires the stick to be held in the arm or disarm position for 1 second. | 100 > 1500 | 1000 | ms |
COM_RC_IN_MODE (INT32) | RC control input mode Comment: The default value of 0 requires a valid RC transmitter setup. Setting this to 1 allows joystick control and disables RC input handling and the associated checks. A value of 2 will generate RC control data from manual input received via MAVLink instead of directly forwarding the manual input data. Values:
| 0 > 2 | 0 | |
COM_RC_LOSS_T (FLOAT) | RC loss time threshold Comment: After this amount of seconds without RC connection it's considered lost and not used anymore | 0 > 35 (0.1) | 0.5 | s |
COM_RC_OVERRIDE (INT32) | Enable RC stick override of auto and/or offboard modes Comment: When RC stick override is enabled, moving the RC sticks more than COM_RC_STICK_OV from their center position immediately gives control back to the pilot by switching to Position mode. Note: Only has an effect on multicopters, and VTOLs in multicopter mode. Bitmask:
| 0 > 7 | 1 | |
COM_RC_STICK_OV (FLOAT) | RC stick override threshold Comment: If COM_RC_OVERRIDE is enabled and the joystick input is moved more than this threshold the autopilot the pilot takes over control. | 5 > 80 (0.05) | 30.0 | % |
COM_REARM_GRACE (INT32) | Rearming grace period Comment: Re-arming grace allows to rearm the drone with manual command without running prearmcheck during 5 s after disarming. | Enabled (1) | ||
COM_TAKEOFF_ACT (INT32) | Action after TAKEOFF has been accepted Comment: The mode transition after TAKEOFF has completed successfully. Values:
| 0 | ||
COM_VEL_FS_EVH (FLOAT) | Horizontal velocity error threshold Comment: This is the horizontal velocity error (EVH) threshold that will trigger a failsafe. The default is appropriate for a multicopter. Can be increased for a fixed-wing. | 1 | m/s | |
NAV_DLL_ACT (INT32) | Set data link loss failsafe mode Comment: The data link loss failsafe will only be entered after a timeout, set by COM_DL_LOSS_T in seconds. Once the timeout occurs the selected action will be executed. Values:
| 0 > 6 | 0 | |
NAV_RCL_ACT (INT32) | Set RC loss failsafe mode Comment: The RC loss failsafe will only be entered after a timeout, set by COM_RC_LOSS_T in seconds. If RC input checks have been disabled by setting the COM_RC_IN_MODE param it will not be triggered. Values:
| 1 > 6 | 2 | |
RTL_FLT_TIME (FLOAT) | Maximum allowed RTL flight in minutes Comment: This is used to determine when the vehicle should be switched to RTL due to low battery. Note, particularly for multirotors this should reflect flight time at cruise speed, not while stationary | 15 | min |
# Control Allocation
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
CA_ACT0_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum value for actuator 0 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT0_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum value for actuator 0 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT10_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum value for actuator 10 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT10_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum value for actuator 10 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT11_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum value for actuator 11 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT11_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum value for actuator 11 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT12_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum value for actuator 12 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT12_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum value for actuator 12 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT13_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum value for actuator 13 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT13_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum value for actuator 13 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT14_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum value for actuator 14 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT14_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum value for actuator 14 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT15_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum value for actuator 15 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT15_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum value for actuator 15 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT1_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum value for actuator 1 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT1_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum value for actuator 1 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT2_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum value for actuator 2 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT2_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum value for actuator 2 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT3_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum value for actuator 3 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT3_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum value for actuator 3 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT4_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum value for actuator 4 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT4_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum value for actuator 4 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT5_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum value for actuator 5 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT5_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum value for actuator 5 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT6_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum value for actuator 6 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT6_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum value for actuator 6 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT7_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum value for actuator 7 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT7_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum value for actuator 7 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT8_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum value for actuator 8 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT8_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum value for actuator 8 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT9_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum value for actuator 9 | 0.0 | ||
CA_ACT9_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum value for actuator 9 | 0.0 | ||
CA_AIRFRAME (INT32) | Airframe ID Comment: This is used to retrieve pre-computed control effectiveness matrix Values:
| 0 > 2 | 0 | |
CA_AIR_SCALE_EN (INT32) | Airspeed scaler Comment: This compensates for the variation of flap effectiveness with airspeed. | Disabled (0) | ||
CA_BAT_SCALE_EN (INT32) | Battery power level scaler Comment: This compensates for voltage drop of the battery over time by attempting to normalize performance across the operating range of the battery. The copter should constantly behave as if it was fully charged with reduced max acceleration at lower battery percentages. i.e. if hover is at 0.5 throttle at 100% battery, it will still be 0.5 at 60% battery. | Disabled (0) | ||
CA_MC_R0_AX (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 0 thrust vector, X body axis component | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R0_AY (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 0 thrust vector, Y body axis component | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R0_AZ (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 0 thrust vector, Z body axis component | -1.0 | ||
CA_MC_R0_CT (FLOAT) | Thrust coefficient of rotor 0 Comment: The thrust coefficient if defined as Thrust = CT * u^2, where u (with value between CA_ACT0_MIN and CA_ACT0_MAX) is the output signal sent to the motor controller. | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R0_KM (FLOAT) | Moment coefficient of rotor 0 Comment: The moment coefficient if defined as Torque = KM * Thrust Use a positive value for a rotor with CCW rotation. Use a negative value for a rotor with CW rotation. | 0.05 | ||
CA_MC_R0_PX (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 0 along X body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R0_PY (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 0 along Y body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R0_PZ (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 0 along Z body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R1_AX (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 1 thrust vector, X body axis component | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R1_AY (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 1 thrust vector, Y body axis component | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R1_AZ (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 1 thrust vector, Z body axis component | -1.0 | ||
CA_MC_R1_CT (FLOAT) | Thrust coefficient of rotor 1 Comment: The thrust coefficient if defined as Thrust = CT * u^2, where u (with value between CA_ACT1_MIN and CA_ACT1_MAX) is the output signal sent to the motor controller. | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R1_KM (FLOAT) | Moment coefficient of rotor 1 Comment: The moment coefficient if defined as Torque = KM * Thrust, Use a positive value for a rotor with CCW rotation. Use a negative value for a rotor with CW rotation. | 0.05 | ||
CA_MC_R1_PX (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 1 along X body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R1_PY (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 1 along Y body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R1_PZ (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 1 along Z body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R2_AX (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 2 thrust vector, X body axis component | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R2_AY (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 2 thrust vector, Y body axis component | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R2_AZ (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 2 thrust vector, Z body axis component | -1.0 | ||
CA_MC_R2_CT (FLOAT) | Thrust coefficient of rotor 2 Comment: The thrust coefficient if defined as Thrust = CT * u^2, where u (with value between CA_ACT2_MIN and CA_ACT2_MAX) is the output signal sent to the motor controller. | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R2_KM (FLOAT) | Moment coefficient of rotor 2 Comment: The moment coefficient if defined as Torque = KM * Thrust Use a positive value for a rotor with CCW rotation. Use a negative value for a rotor with CW rotation. | 0.05 | ||
CA_MC_R2_PX (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 2 along X body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R2_PY (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 2 along Y body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R2_PZ (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 2 along Z body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R3_AX (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 3 thrust vector, X body axis component | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R3_AY (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 3 thrust vector, Y body axis component | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R3_AZ (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 3 thrust vector, Z body axis component | -1.0 | ||
CA_MC_R3_CT (FLOAT) | Thrust coefficient of rotor 3 Comment: The thrust coefficient if defined as Thrust = CT * u^2, where u (with value between CA_ACT3_MIN and CA_ACT3_MAX) is the output signal sent to the motor controller. | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R3_KM (FLOAT) | Moment coefficient of rotor 3 Comment: The moment coefficient if defined as Torque = KM * Thrust Use a positive value for a rotor with CCW rotation. Use a negative value for a rotor with CW rotation. | 0.05 | ||
CA_MC_R3_PX (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 3 along X body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R3_PY (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 3 along Y body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R3_PZ (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 3 along Z body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R4_AX (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 4 thrust vector, X body axis component | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R4_AY (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 4 thrust vector, Y body axis component | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R4_AZ (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 4 thrust vector, Z body axis component | -1.0 | ||
CA_MC_R4_CT (FLOAT) | Thrust coefficient of rotor 4 Comment: The thrust coefficient if defined as Thrust = CT * u^2, where u (with value between CA_ACT4_MIN and CA_ACT4_MAX) is the output signal sent to the motor controller. | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R4_KM (FLOAT) | Moment coefficient of rotor 4 Comment: The moment coefficient if defined as Torque = KM * Thrust Use a positive value for a rotor with CCW rotation. Use a negative value for a rotor with CW rotation. | 0.05 | ||
CA_MC_R4_PX (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 4 along X body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R4_PY (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 4 along Y body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R4_PZ (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 4 along Z body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R5_AX (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 5 thrust vector, X body axis component | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R5_AY (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 5 thrust vector, Y body axis component | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R5_AZ (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 5 thrust vector, Z body axis component | -1.0 | ||
CA_MC_R5_CT (FLOAT) | Thrust coefficient of rotor 5 Comment: The thrust coefficient if defined as Thrust = CT * u^2, where u (with value between CA_ACT5_MIN and CA_ACT5_MAX) is the output signal sent to the motor controller. | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R5_KM (FLOAT) | Moment coefficient of rotor 5 Comment: The moment coefficient if defined as Torque = KM * Thrust Use a positive value for a rotor with CCW rotation. Use a negative value for a rotor with CW rotation. | 0.05 | ||
CA_MC_R5_PX (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 5 along X body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R5_PY (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 5 along Y body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R5_PZ (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 5 along Z body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R6_AX (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 6 thrust vector, X body axis component | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R6_AY (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 6 thrust vector, Y body axis component | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R6_AZ (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 6 thrust vector, Z body axis component | -1.0 | ||
CA_MC_R6_CT (FLOAT) | Thrust coefficient of rotor 6 Comment: The thrust coefficient if defined as Thrust = CT * u^2, where u (with value between CA_ACT6_MIN and CA_ACT6_MAX) is the output signal sent to the motor controller. | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R6_KM (FLOAT) | Moment coefficient of rotor 6 Comment: The moment coefficient if defined as Torque = KM * Thrust Use a positive value for a rotor with CCW rotation. Use a negative value for a rotor with CW rotation. | 0.05 | ||
CA_MC_R6_PX (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 6 along X body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R6_PY (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 6 along Y body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R6_PZ (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 6 along Z body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R7_AX (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 7 thrust vector, X body axis component | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R7_AY (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 7 thrust vector, Y body axis component | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R7_AZ (FLOAT) | Axis of rotor 7 thrust vector, Z body axis component | -1.0 | ||
CA_MC_R7_CT (FLOAT) | Thrust coefficient of rotor 7 Comment: The thrust coefficient if defined as Thrust = CT * u^2, where u (with value between CA_ACT7_MIN and CA_ACT7_MAX) is the output signal sent to the motor controller. | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R7_KM (FLOAT) | Moment coefficient of rotor 7 Comment: The moment coefficient if defined as Torque = KM * Thrust Use a positive value for a rotor with CCW rotation. Use a negative value for a rotor with CW rotation. | 0.05 | ||
CA_MC_R7_PX (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 7 along X body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R7_PY (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 7 along Y body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_MC_R7_PZ (FLOAT) | Position of rotor 7 along Z body axis | 0.0 | ||
CA_METHOD (INT32) | Control allocation method Values:
| 0 > 1 | 0 |
# DShot
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
DSHOT_3D_DEAD_H (INT32) | DSHOT 3D deadband high Comment: When the actuator_output is between DSHOT_3D_DEAD_L and DSHOT_3D_DEAD_H, motor will not spin. This value is with respect to the mixer_module range (0-1999), not the DSHOT values. | 1000 > 1999 | 1000 | |
DSHOT_3D_DEAD_L (INT32) | DSHOT 3D deadband low Comment: When the actuator_output is between DSHOT_3D_DEAD_L and DSHOT_3D_DEAD_H, motor will not spin. This value is with respect to the mixer_module range (0-1999), not the DSHOT values. | 0 > 1000 | 1000 | |
DSHOT_3D_ENABLE (INT32) | Allows for 3d mode when using DShot and suitable mixer Comment: WARNING: ESC must be configured for 3D mode, and DSHOT_MIN set to 0. This splits the throttle ranges in two. Direction 1) 48 is the slowest, 1047 is the fastest. Direction 2) 1049 is the slowest, 2047 is the fastest. When mixer outputs 1000 or value inside DSHOT 3D deadband, DShot 0 is sent. | Disabled (0) | ||
DSHOT_CONFIG (INT32) | Configure DShot Comment: This enables/disables DShot. The different modes define different speeds, for example DShot150 = 150kb/s. Not all ESCs support all modes. Note: this enables DShot on the FMU outputs. For boards with an IO it is the AUX outputs. Values:
Reboot required: True | 0 | ||
DSHOT_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum DShot Motor Output Comment: Minimum Output Value for DShot in percent. The value depends on the ESC. Make sure to set this high enough so that the motors are always spinning while armed. | 0 > 1 (0.01) | 0.055 | % |
DSHOT_TEL_CFG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for DShot Driver Comment: Configure on which serial port to run DShot Driver. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
MOT_POLE_COUNT (INT32) | Number of magnetic poles of the motors Comment: Specify the number of magnetic poles of the motors. It is required to compute the RPM value from the eRPM returned with the ESC telemetry. Either get the number from the motor spec sheet or count the magnets on the bell of the motor (not the stator magnets). Typical motors for 5 inch props have 14 poles. | 14 |
# Data Link Loss
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
NAV_AH_ALT (FLOAT) | Airfield home alt Comment: Altitude of airfield home waypoint | -50 > ? (0.5) | 600.0 | m |
NAV_AH_LAT (INT32) | Airfield home Lat Comment: Latitude of airfield home waypoint | -900000000 > 900000000 | -265847810 | deg*1e7 |
NAV_AH_LON (INT32) | Airfield home Lon Comment: Longitude of airfield home waypoint | -1800000000 > 1800000000 | 1518423250 | deg*1e7 |
# EKF2
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
EKF2_ABIAS_INIT (FLOAT) | 1-sigma IMU accelerometer switch-on bias Reboot required: true | 0.0 > 0.5 | 0.2 | m/s^2 |
EKF2_ABL_ACCLIM (FLOAT) | Maximum IMU accel magnitude that allows IMU bias learning Comment: If the magnitude of the IMU accelerometer vector exceeds this value, the EKF delta velocity state estimation will be inhibited. This reduces the adverse effect of high manoeuvre accelerations and IMU nonlinerity and scale factor errors on the delta velocity bias estimates. | 20.0 > 200.0 | 25.0 | m/s^2 |
EKF2_ABL_GYRLIM (FLOAT) | Maximum IMU gyro angular rate magnitude that allows IMU bias learning Comment: If the magnitude of the IMU angular rate vector exceeds this value, the EKF delta velocity state estimation will be inhibited. This reduces the adverse effect of rapid rotation rates and associated errors on the delta velocity bias estimates. | 2.0 > 20.0 | 3.0 | rad/s |
EKF2_ABL_LIM (FLOAT) | Accelerometer bias learning limit Comment: The ekf delta velocity bias states will be limited to within a range equivalent to +- of this value. | 0.0 > 0.8 | 0.4 | m/s^2 |
EKF2_ABL_TAU (FLOAT) | Time constant used by acceleration and angular rate magnitude checks used to inhibit delta velocity bias learning Comment: The vector magnitude of angular rate and acceleration used to check if learning should be inhibited has a peak hold filter applied to it with an exponential decay. This parameter controls the time constant of the decay. | 0.1 > 1.0 | 0.5 | s |
EKF2_ACC_B_NOISE (FLOAT) | Process noise for IMU accelerometer bias prediction | 0.0 > 0.01 | 3.0e-3 | m/s^3 |
EKF2_ACC_NOISE (FLOAT) | Accelerometer noise for covariance prediction | 0.01 > 1.0 | 3.5e-1 | m/s^2 |
EKF2_AID_MASK (INT32) | Integer bitmask controlling data fusion and aiding methods Comment: Set bits in the following positions to enable: 0 : Set to true to use GPS data if available 1 : Set to true to use optical flow data if available 2 : Set to true to inhibit IMU delta velocity bias estimation 3 : Set to true to enable vision position fusion 4 : Set to true to enable vision yaw fusion. Cannot be used if bit position 7 is true. 5 : Set to true to enable multi-rotor drag specific force fusion 6 : set to true if the EV observations are in a non NED reference frame and need to be rotated before being used 7 : Set to true to enable GPS yaw fusion. Cannot be used if bit position 4 is true. Bitmask:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 511 | 1 | |
EKF2_ANGERR_INIT (FLOAT) | 1-sigma tilt angle uncertainty after gravity vector alignment Reboot required: true | 0.0 > 0.5 | 0.1 | rad |
EKF2_ARSP_THR (FLOAT) | Airspeed fusion threshold Comment: A value of zero will deactivate airspeed fusion. Any other positive value will determine the minimum airspeed which will still be fused. Set to about 90% of the vehicles stall speed. Both airspeed fusion and sideslip fusion must be active for the EKF to continue navigating after loss of GPS. Use EKF2_FUSE_BETA to activate sideslip fusion. | 0.0 > ? | 0.0 | m/s |
EKF2_ASPD_MAX (FLOAT) | Upper limit on airspeed along individual axes used to correct baro for position error effects | 5.0 > 50.0 | 20.0 | m/s |
EKF2_ASP_DELAY (FLOAT) | Airspeed measurement delay relative to IMU measurements Reboot required: true | 0 > 300 | 100 | ms |
EKF2_AVEL_DELAY (FLOAT) | Auxillary Velocity Estimate (e.g from a landing target) delay relative to IMU measurements Reboot required: true | 0 > 300 | 5 | ms |
EKF2_BARO_DELAY (FLOAT) | Barometer measurement delay relative to IMU measurements Reboot required: true | 0 > 300 | 0 | ms |
EKF2_BARO_GATE (FLOAT) | Gate size for barometric and GPS height fusion Comment: Sets the number of standard deviations used by the innovation consistency test. | 1.0 > ? | 5.0 | SD |
EKF2_BARO_NOISE (FLOAT) | Measurement noise for barometric altitude | 0.01 > 15.0 | 3.5 | m |
EKF2_BCOEF_X (FLOAT) | X-axis ballistic coefficient used by the multi-rotor specific drag force model Comment: This should be adjusted to minimise variance of the X-axis drag specific force innovation sequence. | 1.0 > 100.0 | 25.0 | kg/m^2 |
EKF2_BCOEF_Y (FLOAT) | Y-axis ballistic coefficient used by the multi-rotor specific drag force model Comment: This should be adjusted to minimise variance of the Y-axis drag specific force innovation sequence. | 1.0 > 100.0 | 25.0 | kg/m^2 |
EKF2_BETA_GATE (FLOAT) | Gate size for synthetic sideslip fusion Comment: Sets the number of standard deviations used by the innovation consistency test. | 1.0 > ? | 5.0 | SD |
EKF2_BETA_NOISE (FLOAT) | Noise for synthetic sideslip fusion | 0.1 > 1.0 | 0.3 | m/s |
EKF2_DECL_TYPE (INT32) | Integer bitmask controlling handling of magnetic declination Comment: Set bits in the following positions to enable functions. 0 : Set to true to use the declination from the geo_lookup library when the GPS position becomes available, set to false to always use the EKF2_MAG_DECL value. 1 : Set to true to save the EKF2_MAG_DECL parameter to the value returned by the EKF when the vehicle disarms. 2 : Set to true to always use the declination as an observation when 3-axis magnetometer fusion is being used. Bitmask:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 7 | |
EKF2_DRAG_NOISE (FLOAT) | Specific drag force observation noise variance used by the multi-rotor specific drag force model Comment: Increasing this makes the multi-rotor wind estimates adjust more slowly. | 0.5 > 10.0 | 2.5 | (m/s^2)^2 |
EKF2_EAS_NOISE (FLOAT) | Measurement noise for airspeed fusion | 0.5 > 5.0 | 1.4 | m/s |
EKF2_EVA_NOISE (FLOAT) | Measurement noise for vision angle observations used to lower bound or replace the uncertainty included in the message | 0.05 > ? | 0.05 | rad |
EKF2_EVP_GATE (FLOAT) | Gate size for vision position fusion Comment: Sets the number of standard deviations used by the innovation consistency test. | 1.0 > ? | 5.0 | SD |
EKF2_EVP_NOISE (FLOAT) | Measurement noise for vision position observations used to lower bound or replace the uncertainty included in the message | 0.01 > ? | 0.1 | m |
EKF2_EVV_GATE (FLOAT) | Gate size for vision velocity estimate fusion Comment: Sets the number of standard deviations used by the innovation consistency test. | 1.0 > ? | 3.0 | SD |
EKF2_EVV_NOISE (FLOAT) | Measurement noise for vision velocity observations used to lower bound or replace the uncertainty included in the message | 0.01 > ? | 0.1 | m/s |
EKF2_EV_DELAY (FLOAT) | Vision Position Estimator delay relative to IMU measurements Reboot required: true | 0 > 300 | 175 | ms |
EKF2_EV_NOISE_MD (INT32) | Whether to set the external vision observation noise from the parameter or from vision message Comment: If set to true the observation noise is set from the parameters directly, if set to false the measurement noise is taken from the vision message and the parameter are used as a lower bound. | Disabled (0) | ||
EKF2_EV_POS_X (FLOAT) | X position of VI sensor focal point in body frame (forward axis with origin relative to vehicle centre of gravity) | 0.0 | m | |
EKF2_EV_POS_Y (FLOAT) | Y position of VI sensor focal point in body frame (right axis with origin relative to vehicle centre of gravity) | 0.0 | m | |
EKF2_EV_POS_Z (FLOAT) | Z position of VI sensor focal point in body frame (down axis with origin relative to vehicle centre of gravity) | 0.0 | m | |
EKF2_FUSE_BETA (INT32) | Boolean determining if synthetic sideslip measurements should fused Comment: A value of 1 indicates that fusion is active Both sideslip fusion and airspeed fusion must be active for the EKF to continue navigating after loss of GPS. Use EKF2_ARSP_THR to activate airspeed fusion. | Disabled (0) | ||
EKF2_GBIAS_INIT (FLOAT) | 1-sigma IMU gyro switch-on bias Reboot required: true | 0.0 > 0.2 | 0.1 | rad/s |
EKF2_GND_EFF_DZ (FLOAT) | Baro deadzone range for height fusion Comment: Sets the value of deadzone applied to negative baro innovations. Deadzone is enabled when EKF2_GND_EFF_DZ > 0. | 0.0 > 10.0 | 4.0 | m |
EKF2_GND_MAX_HGT (FLOAT) | Height above ground level for ground effect zone Comment: Sets the maximum distance to the ground level where negative baro innovations are expected. | 0.0 > 5.0 | 0.5 | m |
EKF2_GPS_CHECK (INT32) | Integer bitmask controlling GPS checks Comment: Set bits to 1 to enable checks. Checks enabled by the following bit positions 0 : Minimum required sat count set by EKF2_REQ_NSATS 1 : Maximum allowed PDOP set by EKF2_REQ_PDOP 2 : Maximum allowed horizontal position error set by EKF2_REQ_EPH 3 : Maximum allowed vertical position error set by EKF2_REQ_EPV 4 : Maximum allowed speed error set by EKF2_REQ_SACC 5 : Maximum allowed horizontal position rate set by EKF2_REQ_HDRIFT. This check will only run when the vehicle is on ground and stationary. Detecton of the stationary condition is controlled by the EKF2_MOVE_TEST parameter. 6 : Maximum allowed vertical position rate set by EKF2_REQ_VDRIFT. This check will only run when the vehicle is on ground and stationary. Detecton of the stationary condition is controlled by the EKF2_MOVE_TEST parameter. 7 : Maximum allowed horizontal speed set by EKF2_REQ_HDRIFT. This check will only run when the vehicle is on ground and stationary. Detecton of the stationary condition is controlled by the EKF2_MOVE_TEST parameter. 8 : Maximum allowed vertical velocity discrepancy set by EKF2_REQ_VDRIFT Bitmask:
| 0 > 511 | 245 | |
EKF2_GPS_DELAY (FLOAT) | GPS measurement delay relative to IMU measurements Reboot required: true | 0 > 300 | 110 | ms |
EKF2_GPS_POS_X (FLOAT) | X position of GPS antenna in body frame (forward axis with origin relative to vehicle centre of gravity) | 0.0 | m | |
EKF2_GPS_POS_Y (FLOAT) | Y position of GPS antenna in body frame (right axis with origin relative to vehicle centre of gravity) | 0.0 | m | |
EKF2_GPS_POS_Z (FLOAT) | Z position of GPS antenna in body frame (down axis with origin relative to vehicle centre of gravity) | 0.0 | m | |
EKF2_GPS_P_GATE (FLOAT) | Gate size for GPS horizontal position fusion Comment: Sets the number of standard deviations used by the innovation consistency test. | 1.0 > ? | 5.0 | SD |
EKF2_GPS_P_NOISE (FLOAT) | Measurement noise for gps position | 0.01 > 10.0 | 0.5 | m |
EKF2_GPS_V_GATE (FLOAT) | Gate size for GPS velocity fusion Comment: Sets the number of standard deviations used by the innovation consistency test. | 1.0 > ? | 5.0 | SD |
EKF2_GPS_V_NOISE (FLOAT) | Measurement noise for gps horizontal velocity | 0.01 > 5.0 | 0.3 | m/s |
EKF2_GSF_TAS (FLOAT) | Default value of true airspeed used in EKF-GSF AHRS calculation Comment: If no airspeed measurements are avalable, the EKF-GSF AHRS calculation will assume this value of true airspeed when compensating for centripetal acceleration during turns. Set to zero to disable centripetal acceleration compensation during fixed wing flight modes. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 15.0 | m/s |
EKF2_GYR_B_NOISE (FLOAT) | Process noise for IMU rate gyro bias prediction | 0.0 > 0.01 | 1.0e-3 | rad/s^2 |
EKF2_GYR_NOISE (FLOAT) | Rate gyro noise for covariance prediction | 0.0001 > 0.1 | 1.5e-2 | rad/s |
EKF2_HDG_GATE (FLOAT) | Gate size for magnetic heading fusion Comment: Sets the number of standard deviations used by the innovation consistency test. | 1.0 > ? | 2.6 | SD |
EKF2_HEAD_NOISE (FLOAT) | Measurement noise for magnetic heading fusion | 0.01 > 1.0 | 0.3 | rad |
EKF2_HGT_MODE (INT32) | Determines the primary source of height data used by the EKF Comment: The range sensor option should only be used when for operation over a flat surface as the local NED origin will move up and down with ground level. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
EKF2_IMU_POS_X (FLOAT) | X position of IMU in body frame (forward axis with origin relative to vehicle centre of gravity) | 0.0 | m | |
EKF2_IMU_POS_Y (FLOAT) | Y position of IMU in body frame (right axis with origin relative to vehicle centre of gravity) | 0.0 | m | |
EKF2_IMU_POS_Z (FLOAT) | Z position of IMU in body frame (down axis with origin relative to vehicle centre of gravity) | 0.0 | m | |
EKF2_MAG_ACCLIM (FLOAT) | Horizontal acceleration threshold used by automatic selection of magnetometer fusion method Comment: This parameter is used when the magnetometer fusion method is set automatically (EKF2_MAG_TYPE = 0). If the filtered horizontal acceleration is greater than this parameter value, then the EKF will use 3-axis magnetomer fusion. | 0.0 > 5.0 | 0.5 | m/s^2 |
EKF2_MAG_B_NOISE (FLOAT) | Process noise for body magnetic field prediction | 0.0 > 0.1 | 1.0e-4 | gauss/s |
EKF2_MAG_CHECK (INT32) | Magnetic field strength test selection Comment: When set, the EKF checks the strength of the magnetic field to decide whether the magnetometer data is valid. If GPS data is received, the magnetic field is compared to a World Magnetic Model (WMM), otherwise an average value is used. This check is useful to reject occasional hard iron disturbance. | Disabled (0) | ||
EKF2_MAG_DECL (FLOAT) | Magnetic declination | 0 | deg | |
EKF2_MAG_DELAY (FLOAT) | Magnetometer measurement delay relative to IMU measurements Reboot required: true | 0 > 300 | 0 | ms |
EKF2_MAG_E_NOISE (FLOAT) | Process noise for earth magnetic field prediction | 0.0 > 0.1 | 1.0e-3 | gauss/s |
EKF2_MAG_GATE (FLOAT) | Gate size for magnetometer XYZ component fusion Comment: Sets the number of standard deviations used by the innovation consistency test. | 1.0 > ? | 3.0 | SD |
EKF2_MAG_NOISE (FLOAT) | Measurement noise for magnetometer 3-axis fusion | 0.001 > 1.0 | 5.0e-2 | gauss |
EKF2_MAG_TYPE (INT32) | Type of magnetometer fusion Comment: Integer controlling the type of magnetometer fusion used - magnetic heading or 3-component vector. The fuson of magnetomer data as a three component vector enables vehicle body fixed hard iron errors to be learned, but requires a stable earth field. If set to 'Automatic' magnetic heading fusion is used when on-ground and 3-axis magnetic field fusion in-flight with fallback to magnetic heading fusion if there is insufficient motion to make yaw or magnetic field states observable. If set to 'Magnetic heading' magnetic heading fusion is used at all times If set to '3-axis' 3-axis field fusion is used at all times. If set to 'VTOL custom' the behaviour is the same as 'Automatic', but if fusing airspeed, magnetometer fusion is only allowed to modify the magnetic field states. This can be used by VTOL platforms with large magnetic field disturbances to prevent incorrect bias states being learned during forward flight operation which can adversely affect estimation accuracy after transition to hovering flight. If set to 'MC custom' the behaviour is the same as 'Automatic, but if there are no earth frame position or velocity observations being used, the magnetometer will not be used. This enables vehicles to operate with no GPS in environments where the magnetic field cannot be used to provide a heading reference. Prior to flight, the yaw angle is assumed to be constant if movement tests controlled by the EKF2_MOVE_TEST parameter indicate that the vehicle is static. This allows the vehicle to be placed on the ground to learn the yaw gyro bias prior to flight. If set to 'None' the magnetometer will not be used under any circumstance. If no external source of yaw is available, it is possible to use post-takeoff horizontal movement combined with GPS velocity measurements to align the yaw angle with the timer required (depending on the amount of movement and GPS data quality). Other external sources of yaw may be used if selected via the EKF2_AID_MASK parameter. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
EKF2_MAG_YAWLIM (FLOAT) | Yaw rate threshold used by automatic selection of magnetometer fusion method Comment: This parameter is used when the magnetometer fusion method is set automatically (EKF2_MAG_TYPE = 0). If the filtered yaw rate is greater than this parameter value, then the EKF will use 3-axis magnetomer fusion. | 0.0 > 1.0 | 0.25 | rad/s |
EKF2_MIN_OBS_DT (INT32) | Minimum time of arrival delta between non-IMU observations before data is downsampled Comment: Baro and Magnetometer data will be averaged before downsampling, other data will be point sampled resulting in loss of information. Reboot required: true | 10 > 50 | 20 | ms |
EKF2_MIN_RNG (FLOAT) | Expected range finder reading when on ground Comment: If the vehicle is on ground, is not moving as determined by the motion test controlled by EKF2_MOVE_TEST and the range finder is returning invalid or no data, then an assumed range value of EKF2_MIN_RNG will be used by the terrain estimator so that a terrain height estimate is avilable at the start of flight in situations where the range finder may be inside its minimum measurements distance when on ground. | 0.01 > ? | 0.1 | m |
EKF2_MOVE_TEST (FLOAT) | Vehicle movement test threshold Comment: Scales the threshold tests applied to IMU data used to determine if the vehicle is static or moving. See parameter descriptions for EKF2_GPS_CHECK and EKF2_MAG_TYPE for further information on the functionality affected by this parameter. | 0.1 > 10.0 | 1.0 | |
EKF2_MULTI_IMU (INT32) | Multi-EKF IMUs Comment: Maximum number of IMUs to use for Multi-EKF. Set 0 to disable. Requires SENS_IMU_MODE 0. Reboot required: true | 0 > 4 | 0 | |
EKF2_MULTI_MAG (INT32) | Multi-EKF Magnetometers Comment: Maximum number of magnetometers to use for Multi-EKF. Set 0 to disable. Requires SENS_MAG_MODE 0. Reboot required: true | 0 > 4 | 0 | |
EKF2_NOAID_NOISE (FLOAT) | Measurement noise for non-aiding position hold | 0.5 > 50.0 | 10.0 | m |
EKF2_NOAID_TOUT (INT32) | Maximum lapsed time from last fusion of measurements that constrain velocity drift before the EKF will report the horizontal nav solution as invalid | 500000 > 10000000 | 5000000 | us |
EKF2_OF_DELAY (FLOAT) | Optical flow measurement delay relative to IMU measurements Comment: Assumes measurement is timestamped at trailing edge of integration period Reboot required: true | 0 > 300 | 20 | ms |
EKF2_OF_GATE (FLOAT) | Gate size for optical flow fusion Comment: Sets the number of standard deviations used by the innovation consistency test. | 1.0 > ? | 3.0 | SD |
EKF2_OF_N_MAX (FLOAT) | Measurement noise for the optical flow sensor Comment: (when it's reported quality metric is at the minimum set by EKF2_OF_QMIN). The following condition must be met: EKF2_OF_N_MAXN >= EKF2_OF_N_MIN | 0.05 > ? | 0.5 | rad/s |
EKF2_OF_N_MIN (FLOAT) | Measurement noise for the optical flow sensor when it's reported quality metric is at the maximum | 0.05 > ? | 0.15 | rad/s |
EKF2_OF_POS_X (FLOAT) | X position of optical flow focal point in body frame (forward axis with origin relative to vehicle centre of gravity) | 0.0 | m | |
EKF2_OF_POS_Y (FLOAT) | Y position of optical flow focal point in body frame (right axis with origin relative to vehicle centre of gravity) | 0.0 | m | |
EKF2_OF_POS_Z (FLOAT) | Z position of optical flow focal point in body frame (down axis with origin relative to vehicle centre of gravity) | 0.0 | m | |
EKF2_OF_QMIN (INT32) | Optical Flow data will only be used if the sensor reports a quality metric >= EKF2_OF_QMIN | 0 > 255 | 1 | |
EKF2_PCOEF_XN (FLOAT) | Static pressure position error coefficient for the negative X axis Comment: This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a negative wind relative velocity along the X body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during backwards flight, then this will be a negative number. | -0.5 > 0.5 | 0.0 | |
EKF2_PCOEF_XP (FLOAT) | Static pressure position error coefficient for the positive X axis Comment: This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a positive wind relative velocity along the X body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during forward flight, then this will be a negative number. | -0.5 > 0.5 | 0.0 | |
EKF2_PCOEF_YN (FLOAT) | Pressure position error coefficient for the negative Y axis Comment: This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a wind relative velocity along the negative Y (LH) body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during sideways flight to the left, then this will be a negative number. | -0.5 > 0.5 | 0.0 | |
EKF2_PCOEF_YP (FLOAT) | Pressure position error coefficient for the positive Y axis Comment: This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a wind relative velocity along the positive Y (RH) body axis. If the baro height estimate rises during sideways flight to the right, then this will be a negative number. | -0.5 > 0.5 | 0.0 | |
EKF2_PCOEF_Z (FLOAT) | Static pressure position error coefficient for the Z axis Comment: This is the ratio of static pressure error to dynamic pressure generated by a wind relative velocity along the Z body axis. | -0.5 > 0.5 | 0.0 | |
EKF2_REQ_EPH (FLOAT) | Required EPH to use GPS | 2 > 100 | 3.0 | m |
EKF2_REQ_EPV (FLOAT) | Required EPV to use GPS | 2 > 100 | 5.0 | m |
EKF2_REQ_GPS_H (FLOAT) | Required GPS health time on startup Comment: Minimum continuous period without GPS failure required to mark a healthy GPS status. It can be reduced to speed up initialization, but it's recommended to keep this unchanged for a vehicle. Reboot required: true | 0.1 > ? | 10.0 | s |
EKF2_REQ_HDRIFT (FLOAT) | Maximum horizontal drift speed to use GPS | 0.1 > 1.0 | 0.1 | m/s |
EKF2_REQ_NSATS (INT32) | Required satellite count to use GPS | 4 > 12 | 6 | |
EKF2_REQ_PDOP (FLOAT) | Maximum PDOP to use GPS | 1.5 > 5.0 | 2.5 | |
EKF2_REQ_SACC (FLOAT) | Required speed accuracy to use GPS | 0.5 > 5.0 | 0.5 | m/s |
EKF2_REQ_VDRIFT (FLOAT) | Maximum vertical drift speed to use GPS | 0.1 > 1.5 | 0.2 | m/s |
EKF2_RNG_AID (INT32) | Range sensor aid Comment: If this parameter is enabled then the estimator will make use of the range finder measurements to estimate it's height even if range sensor is not the primary height source. It will only do so if conditions for range measurement fusion are met. This enables the range finder to be used during low speed and low altitude operation, eg takeoff and landing, where baro interference from rotor wash is excessive and can corrupt EKF state estimates. It is intended to be used where a vertical takeoff and landing is performed, and horizontal flight does not occur until above EKF2_RNG_A_HMAX. If vehicle motion causes repeated switching between the primary height sensor and range finder, an offset in the local position origin can accumulate. Also range finder measurements are less reliable and can experience unexpected errors. For these reasons, if accurate control of height relative to ground is required, it is recommended to use the MPC_ALT_MODE parameter instead, unless baro errors are severe enough to cause problems with landing and takeoff. Values:
| 1 | ||
EKF2_RNG_A_HMAX (FLOAT) | Maximum absolute altitude (height above ground level) allowed for range aid mode Comment: If the vehicle absolute altitude exceeds this value then the estimator will not fuse range measurements to estimate it's height. This only applies when range aid mode is activated (EKF2_RNG_AID = enabled). | 1.0 > 10.0 | 5.0 | m |
EKF2_RNG_A_IGATE (FLOAT) | Gate size used for innovation consistency checks for range aid fusion Comment: A lower value means HAGL needs to be more stable in order to use range finder for height estimation in range aid mode | 0.1 > 5.0 | 1.0 | SD |
EKF2_RNG_A_VMAX (FLOAT) | Maximum horizontal velocity allowed for range aid mode Comment: If the vehicle horizontal speed exceeds this value then the estimator will not fuse range measurements to estimate it's height. This only applies when range aid mode is activated (EKF2_RNG_AID = enabled). | 0.1 > 2 | 1.0 | m/s |
EKF2_RNG_DELAY (FLOAT) | Range finder measurement delay relative to IMU measurements Reboot required: true | 0 > 300 | 5 | ms |
EKF2_RNG_GATE (FLOAT) | Gate size for range finder fusion Comment: Sets the number of standard deviations used by the innovation consistency test. | 1.0 > ? | 5.0 | SD |
EKF2_RNG_NOISE (FLOAT) | Measurement noise for range finder fusion | 0.01 > ? | 0.1 | m |
EKF2_RNG_PITCH (FLOAT) | Range sensor pitch offset | -0.75 > 0.75 | 0.0 | rad |
EKF2_RNG_POS_X (FLOAT) | X position of range finder origin in body frame (forward axis with origin relative to vehicle centre of gravity) | 0.0 | m | |
EKF2_RNG_POS_Y (FLOAT) | Y position of range finder origin in body frame (right axis with origin relative to vehicle centre of gravity) | 0.0 | m | |
EKF2_RNG_POS_Z (FLOAT) | Z position of range finder origin in body frame (down axis with origin relative to vehicle centre of gravity) | 0.0 | m | |
EKF2_RNG_QLTY_T (FLOAT) | Minimum duration during which the reported range finder signal quality needs to be non-zero in order to be declared valid (s) | 0.1 > 5 | 1.0 | s |
EKF2_RNG_SFE (FLOAT) | Range finder range dependant noise scaler Comment: Specifies the increase in range finder noise with range. | 0.0 > 0.2 | 0.05 | m/m |
EKF2_SEL_ERR_RED (FLOAT) | Selector error reduce threshold Comment: EKF2 instances have to be better than the selected by at least this amount before their relative score can be reduced. | 0.2 | ||
EKF2_SEL_IMU_ACC (FLOAT) | Selector acceleration threshold Comment: EKF2 selector acceleration error threshold for comparing accelerometers. Acceleration vector differences larger than this will result in accumulated velocity error. | 1.0 | m/s^2 | |
EKF2_SEL_IMU_ANG (FLOAT) | Selector angular threshold Comment: EKF2 selector maximum accumulated angular error threshold for comparing gyros. Accumulated angular error larger than this will result in the sensor being declared faulty. | 15.0 | deg | |
EKF2_SEL_IMU_RAT (FLOAT) | Selector angular rate threshold Comment: EKF2 selector angular rate error threshold for comparing gyros. Angular rate vector differences larger than this will result in accumulated angular error. | 7.0 | deg/s | |
EKF2_SEL_IMU_VEL (FLOAT) | Selector angular threshold Comment: EKF2 selector maximum accumulated velocity threshold for comparing accelerometers. Accumulated velocity error larger than this will result in the sensor being declared faulty. | 2.0 | m/s | |
EKF2_SYNT_MAG_Z (INT32) | Enable synthetic magnetometer Z component measurement Comment: Use for vehicles where the measured body Z magnetic field is subject to strong magnetic interference. For magnetic heading fusion the magnetometer Z measurement will be replaced by a synthetic value calculated using the knowledge of the 3D magnetic field vector at the location of the drone. Therefore, this parameter will only have an effect if the global position of the drone is known. For 3D mag fusion the magnetometer Z measurement will simply be ingored instead of fusing the synthetic value. | Disabled (0) | ||
EKF2_TAS_GATE (FLOAT) | Gate size for TAS fusion Comment: Sets the number of standard deviations used by the innovation consistency test. | 1.0 > ? | 3.0 | SD |
EKF2_TAU_POS (FLOAT) | Time constant of the position output prediction and smoothing filter. Controls how tightly the output track the EKF states | 0.1 > 1.0 | 0.25 | s |
EKF2_TAU_VEL (FLOAT) | Time constant of the velocity output prediction and smoothing filter | ? > 1.0 | 0.25 | s |
EKF2_TERR_GRAD (FLOAT) | Magnitude of terrain gradient | 0.0 > ? | 0.5 | m/m |
EKF2_TERR_MASK (INT32) | Integer bitmask controlling fusion sources of the terrain estimator Comment: Set bits in the following positions to enable: 0 : Set to true to use range finder data if available 1 : Set to true to use optical flow data if available Bitmask:
| 0 > 3 | 3 | |
EKF2_TERR_NOISE (FLOAT) | Terrain altitude process noise - accounts for instability in vehicle height estimate | 0.5 > ? | 5.0 | m/s |
EKF2_WIND_NOISE (FLOAT) | Process noise for wind velocity prediction | 0.0 > 1.0 | 1.0e-1 | m/s^2 |
# Events
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
EV_TSK_RC_LOSS (INT32) | RC Loss Alarm Comment: Enable/disable event task for RC Loss. When enabled, an alarm tune will be played via buzzer or ESCs, if supported. The alarm will sound after a disarm, if the vehicle was previously armed and only if the vehicle had RC signal at some point. Particularly useful for locating crashed drones without a GPS sensor. Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) | ||
EV_TSK_STAT_DIS (INT32) | Status Display Comment: Enable/disable event task for displaying the vehicle status using arm-mounted LEDs. When enabled and if the vehicle supports it, LEDs will flash indicating various vehicle status changes. Currently PX4 has not implemented any specific status events. - Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) |
# FW Attitude Control
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
FW_ACRO_X_MAX (FLOAT) | Acro body x max rate Comment: This is the rate the controller is trying to achieve if the user applies full roll stick input in acro mode. | 45 > 720 | 90 | deg |
FW_ACRO_Y_MAX (FLOAT) | Acro body y max rate Comment: This is the body y rate the controller is trying to achieve if the user applies full pitch stick input in acro mode. | 45 > 720 | 90 | deg |
FW_ACRO_Z_MAX (FLOAT) | Acro body z max rate Comment: This is the body z rate the controller is trying to achieve if the user applies full yaw stick input in acro mode. | 10 > 180 | 45 | deg |
FW_ARSP_MODE (INT32) | Airspeed mode Comment: For small wings or VTOL without airspeed sensor this parameter can be used to enable flying without an airspeed reading Values:
| 0 | ||
FW_ARSP_SCALE_EN (INT32) | Enable airspeed scaling Comment: This enables a logic that automatically adjusts the output of the rate controller to take into account the real torque produced by an aerodynamic control surface given the current deviation from the trim airspeed (FW_AIRSPD_TRIM). Enable when using aerodynamic control surfaces (e.g.: plane) Disable when using rotor wings (e.g.: autogyro) | Enabled (1) | ||
FW_BAT_SCALE_EN (INT32) | Whether to scale throttle by battery power level Comment: This compensates for voltage drop of the battery over time by attempting to normalize performance across the operating range of the battery. The fixed wing should constantly behave as if it was fully charged with reduced max thrust at lower battery percentages. i.e. if cruise speed is at 0.5 throttle at 100% battery, it will still be 0.5 at 60% battery. | Disabled (0) | ||
FW_DTRIM_P_FLPS (FLOAT) | Pitch trim increment for flaps configuration Comment: This increment is added to the pitch trim whenever flaps are fully deployed. | -0.25 > 0.25 (0.01) | 0.0 | |
FW_DTRIM_P_VMAX (FLOAT) | Pitch trim increment at maximum airspeed Comment: This increment is added to TRIM_PITCH when airspeed is FW_AIRSPD_MAX. | -0.25 > 0.25 (0.01) | 0.0 | |
FW_DTRIM_P_VMIN (FLOAT) | Pitch trim increment at minimum airspeed Comment: This increment is added to TRIM_PITCH when airspeed is FW_AIRSPD_MIN. | -0.25 > 0.25 (0.01) | 0.0 | |
FW_DTRIM_R_FLPS (FLOAT) | Roll trim increment for flaps configuration Comment: This increment is added to TRIM_ROLL whenever flaps are fully deployed. | -0.25 > 0.25 (0.01) | 0.0 | |
FW_DTRIM_R_VMAX (FLOAT) | Roll trim increment at maximum airspeed Comment: This increment is added to TRIM_ROLL when airspeed is FW_AIRSPD_MAX. | -0.25 > 0.25 (0.01) | 0.0 | |
FW_DTRIM_R_VMIN (FLOAT) | Roll trim increment at minimum airspeed Comment: This increment is added to TRIM_ROLL when airspeed is FW_AIRSPD_MIN. | -0.25 > 0.25 (0.01) | 0.0 | |
FW_DTRIM_Y_VMAX (FLOAT) | Yaw trim increment at maximum airspeed Comment: This increment is added to TRIM_YAW when airspeed is FW_AIRSPD_MAX. | -0.25 > 0.25 (0.01) | 0.0 | |
FW_DTRIM_Y_VMIN (FLOAT) | Yaw trim increment at minimum airspeed Comment: This increment is added to TRIM_YAW when airspeed is FW_AIRSPD_MIN. | -0.25 > 0.25 (0.01) | 0.0 | |
FW_FLAPERON_SCL (FLOAT) | Scale factor for flaperons | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 0.0 | norm |
FW_FLAPS_LND_SCL (FLOAT) | Flaps setting during landing Comment: Sets a fraction of full flaps (FW_FLAPS_SCL) during landing | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 1.0 | norm |
FW_FLAPS_SCL (FLOAT) | Scale factor for flaps | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 1.0 | norm |
FW_FLAPS_TO_SCL (FLOAT) | Flaps setting during take-off Comment: Sets a fraction of full flaps (FW_FLAPS_SCL) during take-off | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 0.0 | norm |
FW_MAN_P_MAX (FLOAT) | Max manual pitch Comment: Max pitch for manual control in attitude stabilized mode | 0.0 > 90.0 (0.5) | 45.0 | deg |
FW_MAN_P_SC (FLOAT) | Manual pitch scale Comment: Scale factor applied to the desired pitch actuator command in full manual mode. This parameter allows to adjust the throws of the control surfaces. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 1.0 | norm |
FW_MAN_R_MAX (FLOAT) | Max manual roll Comment: Max roll for manual control in attitude stabilized mode | 0.0 > 90.0 (0.5) | 45.0 | deg |
FW_MAN_R_SC (FLOAT) | Manual roll scale Comment: Scale factor applied to the desired roll actuator command in full manual mode. This parameter allows to adjust the throws of the control surfaces. | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 1.0 | norm |
FW_MAN_Y_SC (FLOAT) | Manual yaw scale Comment: Scale factor applied to the desired yaw actuator command in full manual mode. This parameter allows to adjust the throws of the control surfaces. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 1.0 | norm |
FW_PR_FF (FLOAT) | Pitch rate feed forward Comment: Direct feed forward from rate setpoint to control surface output | 0.0 > 10.0 (0.05) | 0.5 | %/rad/s |
FW_PR_I (FLOAT) | Pitch rate integrator gain Comment: This gain defines how much control response will result out of a steady state error. It trims any constant error. | 0.005 > 0.5 (0.005) | 0.1 | %/rad |
FW_PR_IMAX (FLOAT) | Pitch rate integrator limit Comment: The portion of the integrator part in the control surface deflection is limited to this value | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.05) | 0.4 | |
FW_PR_P (FLOAT) | Pitch rate proportional gain Comment: This defines how much the elevator input will be commanded depending on the current body angular rate error. | 0.005 > 1.0 (0.005) | 0.08 | %/rad/s |
FW_PSP_OFF (FLOAT) | Pitch setpoint offset (pitch at level flight) Comment: An airframe specific offset of the pitch setpoint in degrees, the value is added to the pitch setpoint and should correspond to the pitch at typical cruise speed of the airframe. | -90.0 > 90.0 (0.5) | 0.0 | deg |
FW_P_RMAX_NEG (FLOAT) | Maximum negative / down pitch rate Comment: This limits the maximum pitch down up angular rate the controller will output (in degrees per second). | 0.0 > 90.0 (0.5) | 60.0 | deg/s |
FW_P_RMAX_POS (FLOAT) | Maximum positive / up pitch rate Comment: This limits the maximum pitch up angular rate the controller will output (in degrees per second). | 0.0 > 90.0 (0.5) | 60.0 | deg/s |
FW_P_TC (FLOAT) | Attitude pitch time constant Comment: This defines the latency between a pitch step input and the achieved setpoint (inverse to a P gain). Half a second is a good start value and fits for most average systems. Smaller systems may require smaller values, but as this will wear out servos faster, the value should only be decreased as needed. | 0.2 > 1.0 (0.05) | 0.4 | s |
FW_RLL_TO_YAW_FF (FLOAT) | Roll control to yaw control feedforward gain Comment: This gain can be used to counteract the "adverse yaw" effect for fixed wings. When the plane enters a roll it will tend to yaw the nose out of the turn. This gain enables the use of a yaw actuator (rudder, airbrakes, ...) to counteract this effect. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 0.0 | |
FW_RR_FF (FLOAT) | Roll rate feed forward Comment: Direct feed forward from rate setpoint to control surface output. Use this to obtain a tigher response of the controller without introducing noise amplification. | 0.0 > 10.0 (0.05) | 0.5 | %/rad/s |
FW_RR_I (FLOAT) | Roll rate integrator Gain Comment: This gain defines how much control response will result out of a steady state error. It trims any constant error. | 0.005 > 0.2 (0.005) | 0.1 | %/rad |
FW_RR_IMAX (FLOAT) | Roll integrator anti-windup Comment: The portion of the integrator part in the control surface deflection is limited to this value. | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.05) | 0.2 | |
FW_RR_P (FLOAT) | Roll rate proportional Gain Comment: This defines how much the aileron input will be commanded depending on the current body angular rate error. | 0.005 > 1.0 (0.005) | 0.05 | %/rad/s |
FW_R_RMAX (FLOAT) | Maximum roll rate Comment: This limits the maximum roll rate the controller will output (in degrees per second). | 0.0 > 90.0 (0.5) | 70.0 | deg/s |
FW_R_TC (FLOAT) | Attitude Roll Time Constant Comment: This defines the latency between a roll step input and the achieved setpoint (inverse to a P gain). Half a second is a good start value and fits for most average systems. Smaller systems may require smaller values, but as this will wear out servos faster, the value should only be decreased as needed. | 0.4 > 1.0 (0.05) | 0.4 | s |
FW_WR_FF (FLOAT) | Wheel steering rate feed forward Comment: Direct feed forward from rate setpoint to control surface output | 0.0 > 10.0 (0.05) | 0.2 | %/rad/s |
FW_WR_I (FLOAT) | Wheel steering rate integrator gain Comment: This gain defines how much control response will result out of a steady state error. It trims any constant error. | 0.005 > 0.5 (0.005) | 0.1 | %/rad |
FW_WR_IMAX (FLOAT) | Wheel steering rate integrator limit Comment: The portion of the integrator part in the control surface deflection is limited to this value | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.05) | 1.0 | |
FW_WR_P (FLOAT) | Wheel steering rate proportional gain Comment: This defines how much the wheel steering input will be commanded depending on the current body angular rate error. | 0.005 > 1.0 (0.005) | 0.5 | %/rad/s |
FW_W_EN (INT32) | Enable wheel steering controller | Disabled (0) | ||
FW_W_RMAX (FLOAT) | Maximum wheel steering rate Comment: This limits the maximum wheel steering rate the controller will output (in degrees per second). | 0.0 > 90.0 (0.5) | 30.0 | deg/s |
FW_YR_FF (FLOAT) | Yaw rate feed forward Comment: Direct feed forward from rate setpoint to control surface output | 0.0 > 10.0 (0.05) | 0.3 | %/rad/s |
FW_YR_I (FLOAT) | Yaw rate integrator gain Comment: This gain defines how much control response will result out of a steady state error. It trims any constant error. | 0.0 > 50.0 (0.5) | 0.1 | %/rad |
FW_YR_IMAX (FLOAT) | Yaw rate integrator limit Comment: The portion of the integrator part in the control surface deflection is limited to this value | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.05) | 0.2 | |
FW_YR_P (FLOAT) | Yaw rate proportional gain Comment: This defines how much the rudder input will be commanded depending on the current body angular rate error. | 0.005 > 1.0 (0.005) | 0.05 | %/rad/s |
FW_Y_RMAX (FLOAT) | Maximum yaw rate Comment: This limits the maximum yaw rate the controller will output (in degrees per second). | 0.0 > 90.0 (0.5) | 50.0 | deg/s |
# FW L1 Control
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
FW_CLMBOUT_DIFF (FLOAT) | Climbout Altitude difference Comment: If the altitude error exceeds this parameter, the system will climb out with maximum throttle and minimum airspeed until it is closer than this distance to the desired altitude. Mostly used for takeoff waypoints / modes. Set to 0 to disable climbout mode (not recommended). | 0.0 > 150.0 (0.5) | 10.0 | m |
FW_L1_DAMPING (FLOAT) | L1 damping Comment: Damping factor for L1 control. | 0.6 > 0.9 (0.05) | 0.75 | |
FW_L1_PERIOD (FLOAT) | L1 period Comment: This is the L1 distance and defines the tracking point ahead of the aircraft its following. A value of 18-25 meters works for most aircraft. Shorten slowly during tuning until response is sharp without oscillation. | 12.0 > 50.0 (0.5) | 20.0 | m |
FW_L1_R_SLEW_MAX (FLOAT) | L1 controller roll slew rate limit Comment: The maxium change in roll angle setpoint per second. | 0 > ? (1) | 90.0 | deg/s |
FW_LND_AIRSPD_SC (FLOAT) | Min. airspeed scaling factor for landing Comment: Multiplying this factor with the minimum airspeed of the plane gives the target airspeed the landing approach. FW_AIRSPD_MIN * FW_LND_AIRSPD_SC | 1.0 > 1.5 (0.01) | 1.3 | norm |
FW_LND_ANG (FLOAT) | Landing slope angle | 1.0 > 15.0 (0.5) | 5.0 | deg |
FW_LND_EARLYCFG (INT32) | Early landing configuration deployment Comment: When disabled, the landing configuration (flaps, landing airspeed, etc.) is only activated on the final approach to landing. When enabled, it is already activated when entering the final loiter-down (loiter-to-alt) waypoint before the landing approach. This shifts the (often large) altitude and airspeed errors caused by the configuration change away from the ground such that these are not so critical. It also gives the controller enough time to adapt to the new configuration such that the landing approach starts with a cleaner initial state. | Disabled (0) | ||
FW_LND_FLALT (FLOAT) | Landing flare altitude (relative to landing altitude) | 0.0 > 25.0 (0.5) | 3.0 | m |
FW_LND_FL_PMAX (FLOAT) | Flare, maximum pitch Comment: Maximum pitch during flare, a positive sign means nose up Applied once FW_LND_FLALT is reached | 0 > 45.0 (0.5) | 15.0 | deg |
FW_LND_FL_PMIN (FLOAT) | Flare, minimum pitch Comment: Minimum pitch during flare, a positive sign means nose up Applied once FW_LND_FLALT is reached | 0 > 15.0 (0.5) | 2.5 | deg |
FW_LND_HHDIST (FLOAT) | Landing heading hold horizontal distance Comment: Set to 0 to disable heading hold. | 0 > 30.0 (0.5) | 15.0 | m |
FW_LND_HVIRT (FLOAT) | 1.0 > 15.0 (0.5) | 10.0 | m | |
FW_LND_THRTC_SC (FLOAT) | Altitude time constant factor for landing Comment: Set this parameter to less than 1.0 to make TECS react faster to altitude errors during landing than during normal flight (i.e. giving efficiency and low motor wear at high altitudes but control accuracy during landing). During landing, the TECS altitude time constant (FW_T_ALT_TC) is multiplied by this value. | 0.2 > 1.0 (0.1) | 1.0 | |
FW_LND_TLALT (FLOAT) | Landing throttle limit altitude (relative landing altitude) Comment: Default of -1.0 lets the system default to applying throttle limiting at 2/3 of the flare altitude. | -1.0 > 30.0 (0.5) | -1.0 | m |
FW_LND_USETER (INT32) | Use terrain estimate during landing Comment: This is turned off by default and a waypoint or return altitude is normally used (or sea level for an arbitrary land position). | Disabled (0) | ||
FW_POSCTL_INV_ST (INT32) | RC stick mapping fixed-wing Comment: Set RC/joystick configuration for fixed-wing position and altitude controlled flight. Values:
| 0 > 1 | 0 | |
FW_P_LIM_MAX (FLOAT) | Positive pitch limit Comment: The maximum positive pitch the controller will output. | 0.0 > 60.0 (0.5) | 45.0 | deg |
FW_P_LIM_MIN (FLOAT) | Negative pitch limit Comment: The minimum negative pitch the controller will output. | -60.0 > 0.0 (0.5) | -45.0 | deg |
FW_R_LIM (FLOAT) | Controller roll limit Comment: The maximum roll the controller will output. | 35.0 > 65.0 (0.5) | 50.0 | deg |
FW_THR_ALT_SCL (FLOAT) | Scale throttle by pressure change Comment: Automatically adjust throttle to account for decreased air density at higher altitudes. Start with a scale factor of 1.0 and adjust for different propulsion systems. When flying without airspeed sensor this will help to keep a constant performance over large altitude ranges. The default value of 0 will disable scaling. | 0.0 > 10.0 (0.1) | 0.0 | |
FW_THR_CRUISE (FLOAT) | Cruise throttle Comment: This is the throttle setting required to achieve the desired cruise speed. Most airframes have a value of 0.5-0.7. | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 0.6 | norm |
FW_THR_IDLE (FLOAT) | Idle throttle Comment: This is the minimum throttle while on the ground For aircraft with internal combustion engine this parameter should be set above desired idle rpm. | 0.0 > 0.4 (0.01) | 0.15 | norm |
FW_THR_LND_MAX (FLOAT) | Throttle limit during landing below throttle limit altitude Comment: During the flare of the autonomous landing process, this value will be set as throttle limit when the aircraft altitude is below FW_LND_TLALT. | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 1.0 | norm |
FW_THR_MAX (FLOAT) | Throttle limit max Comment: This is the maximum throttle % that can be used by the controller. For overpowered aircraft, this should be reduced to a value that provides sufficient thrust to climb at the maximum pitch angle PTCH_MAX. | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 1.0 | norm |
FW_THR_MIN (FLOAT) | Throttle limit min Comment: This is the minimum throttle % that can be used by the controller. For electric aircraft this will normally be set to zero, but can be set to a small non-zero value if a folding prop is fitted to prevent the prop from folding and unfolding repeatedly in-flight or to provide some aerodynamic drag from a turning prop to improve the descent rate. For aircraft with internal combustion engine this parameter should be set for desired idle rpm. | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 0.0 | norm |
FW_THR_SLEW_MAX (FLOAT) | Throttle max slew rate Comment: Maximum slew rate for the commanded throttle | 0.0 > 1.0 | 0.0 | |
FW_TKO_PITCH_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum pitch during takeoff | -5.0 > 30.0 (0.5) | 10.0 | deg |
# FW Launch detection
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
LAUN_ALL_ON (INT32) | Launch detection | Disabled (0) | ||
LAUN_CAT_A (FLOAT) | Catapult accelerometer threshold Comment: LAUN_CAT_A for LAUN_CAT_T serves as threshold to trigger launch detection. | 0 > ? (0.5) | 30.0 | m/s^2 |
LAUN_CAT_MDEL (FLOAT) | Motor delay Comment: Delay between starting attitude control and powering up the throttle (giving throttle control to the controller) Before this timespan is up the throttle will be set to FW_THR_IDLE, set to 0 to deactivate | 0.0 > 10.0 (0.5) | 0.0 | s |
LAUN_CAT_PMAX (FLOAT) | Maximum pitch before the throttle is powered up (during motor delay phase) Comment: This is an extra limit for the maximum pitch which is imposed in the phase before the throttle turns on. This allows to limit the maximum pitch angle during a bungee launch (make the launch less steep). | 0.0 > 45.0 (0.5) | 30.0 | deg |
LAUN_CAT_T (FLOAT) | Catapult time threshold Comment: LAUN_CAT_A for LAUN_CAT_T serves as threshold to trigger launch detection. | 0.0 > 5.0 (0.05) | 0.05 | s |
# FW TECS
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
FW_AIRSPD_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum Airspeed (CAS) Comment: If the CAS (calibrated airspeed) is above this value, the TECS controller will try to decrease airspeed more aggressively. | 0.5 > 40 (0.5) | 20.0 | m/s |
FW_AIRSPD_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum Airspeed (CAS) Comment: The minimal airspeed (calibrated airspeed) the user is able to command. Further, if the airspeed falls below this value, the TECS controller will try to increase airspeed more aggressively. | 0.5 > 40 (0.5) | 10.0 | m/s |
FW_AIRSPD_STALL (FLOAT) | Stall Airspeed (CAS) Comment: The stall airspeed (calibrated airspeed) of the vehicle. It is used for airspeed sensor failure detection and for the control surface scaling airspeed limits. | 0.5 > 40 (0.5) | 7.0 | m/s |
FW_AIRSPD_TRIM (FLOAT) | Cruise Airspeed (CAS) Comment: The trim CAS (calibrated airspeed) of the vehicle. If an airspeed controller is active, this is the default airspeed setpoint that the controller will try to achieve if no other airspeed setpoint sources are present (e.g. through non-centered RC sticks). | 0.5 > 40 (0.5) | 15.0 | m/s |
FW_GND_SPD_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum groundspeed Comment: The controller will increase the commanded airspeed to maintain this minimum groundspeed to the next waypoint. | 0.0 > 40 (0.5) | 5.0 | m/s |
FW_T_ALT_TC (FLOAT) | Altitude error time constant | 2.0 > ? (0.5) | 5.0 | |
FW_T_CLMB_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum climb rate Comment: This is the best climb rate that the aircraft can achieve with the throttle set to THR_MAX and the airspeed set to the default value. For electric aircraft make sure this number can be achieved towards the end of flight when the battery voltage has reduced. The setting of this parameter can be checked by commanding a positive altitude change of 100m in loiter, RTL or guided mode. If the throttle required to climb is close to THR_MAX and the aircraft is maintaining airspeed, then this parameter is set correctly. If the airspeed starts to reduce, then the parameter is set to high, and if the throttle demand required to climb and maintain speed is noticeably less than FW_THR_MAX, then either FW_T_CLMB_MAX should be increased or FW_THR_MAX reduced. | 1.0 > 15.0 (0.5) | 5.0 | m/s |
FW_T_CLMB_R_SP (FLOAT) | Default target climbrate Comment: The default rate at which the vehicle will climb in autonomous modes to achieve altitude setpoints. In manual modes this defines the maximum rate at which the altitude setpoint can be increased. | 0.5 > 15 (0.01) | 3.0 | m/s |
FW_T_HRATE_FF (FLOAT) | Height rate feed forward | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.05) | 0.3 | |
FW_T_I_GAIN_PIT (FLOAT) | Integrator gain pitch Comment: This is the integrator gain on the pitch part of the control loop. Increasing this gain increases the speed at which speed and height offsets are trimmed out, but reduces damping and increases overshoot. Set this value to zero to completely disable all integrator action. | 0.0 > 2.0 (0.05) | 0.1 | |
FW_T_I_GAIN_THR (FLOAT) | Integrator gain throttle Comment: This is the integrator gain on the throttle part of the control loop. Increasing this gain increases the speed at which speed and height offsets are trimmed out, but reduces damping and increases overshoot. Set this value to zero to completely disable all integrator action. | 0.0 > 2.0 (0.05) | 0.3 | |
FW_T_PTCH_DAMP (FLOAT) | Pitch damping factor Comment: This is the damping gain for the pitch demand loop. Increase to add damping to correct for oscillations in height. The default value of 0.0 will work well provided the pitch to servo controller has been tuned properly. | 0.0 > 2.0 (0.1) | 0.1 | |
FW_T_RLL2THR (FLOAT) | Roll -> Throttle feedforward Comment: Increasing this gain turn increases the amount of throttle that will be used to compensate for the additional drag created by turning. Ideally this should be set to approximately 10 x the extra sink rate in m/s created by a 45 degree bank turn. Increase this gain if the aircraft initially loses energy in turns and reduce if the aircraft initially gains energy in turns. Efficient high aspect-ratio aircraft (eg powered sailplanes) can use a lower value, whereas inefficient low aspect-ratio models (eg delta wings) can use a higher value. | 0.0 > 20.0 (0.5) | 15.0 | |
FW_T_SEB_R_FF (FLOAT) | Specific total energy balance rate feedforward gain | 0.5 > 3 (0.01) | 1.0 | |
FW_T_SINK_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum descent rate Comment: This sets the maximum descent rate that the controller will use. If this value is too large, the aircraft can over-speed on descent. This should be set to a value that can be achieved without exceeding the lower pitch angle limit and without over-speeding the aircraft. | 1.0 > 15.0 (0.5) | 5.0 | m/s |
FW_T_SINK_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum descent rate Comment: This is the sink rate of the aircraft with the throttle set to THR_MIN and flown at the same airspeed as used to measure FW_T_CLMB_MAX. | 1.0 > 5.0 (0.5) | 2.0 | m/s |
FW_T_SINK_R_SP (FLOAT) | Default target sinkrate Comment: The default rate at which the vehicle will sink in autonomous modes to achieve altitude setpoints. In manual modes this defines the maximum rate at which the altitude setpoint can be decreased. | 0.5 > 15 (0.01) | 2.0 | m/s |
FW_T_SPDWEIGHT (FLOAT) | Speed <--> Altitude priority Comment: This parameter adjusts the amount of weighting that the pitch control applies to speed vs height errors. Setting it to 0.0 will cause the pitch control to control height and ignore speed errors. This will normally improve height accuracy but give larger airspeed errors. Setting it to 2.0 will cause the pitch control loop to control speed and ignore height errors. This will normally reduce airspeed errors, but give larger height errors. The default value of 1.0 allows the pitch control to simultaneously control height and speed. Note to Glider Pilots - set this parameter to 2.0 (The glider will adjust its pitch angle to maintain airspeed, ignoring changes in height). | 0.0 > 2.0 (1.0) | 1.0 | |
FW_T_SPD_OMEGA (FLOAT) | Complementary filter "omega" parameter for speed Comment: This is the cross-over frequency (in radians/second) of the complementary filter used to fuse longitudinal acceleration and airspeed to obtain an improved airspeed estimate. Increasing this frequency weights the solution more towards use of the airspeed sensor, whilst reducing it weights the solution more towards use of the accelerometer data. | 1.0 > 10.0 (0.5) | 2.0 | rad/s |
FW_T_STE_R_TC (FLOAT) | Specific total energy rate first order filter time constant Comment: This filter is applied to the specific total energy rate used for throttle damping. | 0.0 > 2 (0.01) | 0.4 | |
FW_T_TAS_R_TC (FLOAT) | True airspeed rate first order filter time constant Comment: This filter is applied to the true airspeed rate. | 0.0 > 2 (0.01) | 0.2 | |
FW_T_TAS_TC (FLOAT) | True airspeed error time constant | 2.0 > ? (0.5) | 5.0 | |
FW_T_THR_DAMP (FLOAT) | Throttle damping factor Comment: This is the damping gain for the throttle demand loop. Increase to add damping to correct for oscillations in speed and height. | 0.0 > 2.0 (0.1) | 0.1 | |
FW_T_VERT_ACC (FLOAT) | Maximum vertical acceleration Comment: This is the maximum vertical acceleration (in m/s/s) either up or down that the controller will use to correct speed or height errors. The default value of 7 m/s/s (equivalent to +- 0.7 g) allows for reasonably aggressive pitch changes if required to recover from under-speed conditions. | 1.0 > 10.0 (0.5) | 7.0 | m/s^2 |
# Failure Detector
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
FD_ESCS_EN (INT32) | Enable checks on ESCs that report their arming state Comment: If enabled, failure detector will verify that all the ESCs have successfully armed when the vehicle has transitioned to the armed state. Timeout for receiving an acknowledgement from the ESCs is 0.3s, if no feedback is received the failure detector will auto disarm the vehicle. Reboot required: true | Enabled (1) | ||
FD_EXT_ATS_EN (INT32) | Enable PWM input on for engaging failsafe from an external automatic trigger system (ATS) Comment: Enabled on either AUX5 or MAIN5 depending on board. External ATS is required by ASTM F3322-18. Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) | ||
FD_EXT_ATS_TRIG (INT32) | The PWM threshold from external automatic trigger system for engaging failsafe Comment: External ATS is required by ASTM F3322-18. | 1900 | us | |
FD_FAIL_P (INT32) | FailureDetector Max Pitch Comment: Maximum pitch angle before FailureDetector triggers the attitude_failure flag. The flag triggers flight termination (if @CBRK_FLIGHTTERM = 0), which sets outputs to their failsafe values. On takeoff the flag triggers lockdown (irrespective of @CBRK_FLIGHTTERM), which disarms motors but does not set outputs to failsafe values. Setting this parameter to 0 disables the check | 60 > 180 | 60 | deg |
FD_FAIL_P_TTRI (FLOAT) | Pitch failure trigger time Comment: Seconds (decimal) that pitch has to exceed FD_FAIL_P before being considered as a failure. | 0.02 > 5 | 0.3 | s |
FD_FAIL_R (INT32) | FailureDetector Max Roll Comment: Maximum roll angle before FailureDetector triggers the attitude_failure flag. The flag triggers flight termination (if @CBRK_FLIGHTTERM = 0), which sets outputs to their failsafe values. On takeoff the flag triggers lockdown (irrespective of @CBRK_FLIGHTTERM), which disarms motors but does not set outputs to failsafe values. Setting this parameter to 0 disables the check | 60 > 180 | 60 | deg |
FD_FAIL_R_TTRI (FLOAT) | Roll failure trigger time Comment: Seconds (decimal) that roll has to exceed FD_FAIL_R before being considered as a failure. | 0.02 > 5 | 0.3 | s |
# Follow target
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
NAV_FT_DST (FLOAT) | Distance to follow target from Comment: The distance in meters to follow the target at | 1.0 > ? | 8.0 | m |
NAV_FT_FS (INT32) | Side to follow target from Comment: The side to follow the target from (front right = 0, behind = 1, front = 2, front left = 3) | 0 > 3 | 1 | |
NAV_FT_RS (FLOAT) | Dynamic filtering algorithm responsiveness to target movement Comment: lower numbers increase the responsiveness to changing long lat but also ignore less noise | 0.0 > 1.0 | 0.5 | |
NAV_MIN_FT_HT (FLOAT) | Minimum follow target altitude Comment: The minimum height in meters relative to home for following a target | 8.0 > ? | 8.0 | m |
# GPS
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
GPS_1_CONFIG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for Main GPS Comment: Configure on which serial port to run Main GPS. Values:
Reboot required: true | 201 | ||
GPS_1_GNSS (INT32) | GNSS Systems for Primary GPS (integer bitmask) Comment: This integer bitmask controls the set of GNSS systems used by the receiver. Check your receiver's documentation on how many systems are supported to be used in parallel. Currently this functionality is just implemented for u-blox receivers. When no bits are set, the receiver's default configuration should be used. Set bits true to enable: 0 : Use GPS (with QZSS) 1 : Use SBAS (multiple GPS augmentation systems) 2 : Use Galileo 3 : Use BeiDou 4 : Use GLONASS Bitmask:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 31 | 0 | |
GPS_1_PROTOCOL (INT32) | Protocol for Main GPS Comment: Select the GPS protocol over serial. Auto-detection will probe all protocols, and thus is a bit slower. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 5 | 1 | |
GPS_2_CONFIG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for Secondary GPS Comment: Configure on which serial port to run Secondary GPS. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
GPS_2_GNSS (INT32) | GNSS Systems for Secondary GPS (integer bitmask) Comment: This integer bitmask controls the set of GNSS systems used by the receiver. Check your receiver's documentation on how many systems are supported to be used in parallel. Currently this functionality is just implemented for u-blox receivers. When no bits are set, the receiver's default configuration should be used. Set bits true to enable: 0 : Use GPS (with QZSS) 1 : Use SBAS (multiple GPS augmentation systems) 2 : Use Galileo 3 : Use BeiDou 4 : Use GLONASS Bitmask:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 31 | 0 | |
GPS_2_PROTOCOL (INT32) | Protocol for Secondary GPS Comment: Select the GPS protocol over serial. Auto-detection will probe all protocols, and thus is a bit slower. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 5 | 1 | |
GPS_DUMP_COMM (INT32) | Dump GPS communication to a file Comment: If this is set to 1, all GPS communication data will be published via uORB, and written to the log file as gps_dump message. Values:
| 0 > 1 | 0 | |
GPS_UBX_DYNMODEL (INT32) | u-blox GPS dynamic platform model Comment: u-blox receivers support different dynamic platform models to adjust the navigation engine to the expected application environment. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 9 | 7 | |
GPS_UBX_MODE (INT32) | u-blox GPS Mode Comment: Select the u-blox configuration setup. Most setups will use the default, including RTK and dual GPS without heading. The Heading mode requires 2 F9P devices to be attached. The main GPS will act as rover and output heading information, whereas the secondary will act as moving base, sending RTCM on UART2 to the rover GPS. RTK is still possible with this setup. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 1 | 0 | |
GPS_YAW_OFFSET (FLOAT) | Heading/Yaw offset for dual antenna GPS Comment: Heading offset angle for dual antenna GPS setups that support heading estimation. (currently only for the Trimble MB-Two). Set this to 0 if the antennas are parallel to the forward-facing direction of the vehicle and the first antenna is in front. The offset angle increases clockwise. Set this to 90 if the first antenna is placed on the right side and the second on the left side of the vehicle. Reboot required: true | 0 > 360 | 0. | deg |
# GPS Failure Navigation
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
NAV_GPSF_LT (FLOAT) | Loiter time Comment: The time in seconds the system should do open loop loiter and wait for GPS recovery before it goes into flight termination. Set to 0 to disable. | 0.0 > 3600.0 (1) | 0.0 | s |
NAV_GPSF_P (FLOAT) | Fixed pitch angle Comment: Pitch in degrees during the open loop loiter | -30.0 > 30.0 (0.5) | 0.0 | deg |
NAV_GPSF_R (FLOAT) | Fixed bank angle Comment: Roll in degrees during the loiter | 0.0 > 30.0 (0.5) | 15.0 | deg |
NAV_GPSF_TR (FLOAT) | Thrust Comment: Thrust value which is set during the open loop loiter | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.05) | 0.0 | norm |
# Geofence
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
GF_ACTION (INT32) | Geofence violation action Comment: Note: Setting this value to 4 enables flight termination, which will kill the vehicle on violation of the fence. Due to the inherent danger of this, this function is disabled using a software circuit breaker, which needs to be reset to 0 to really shut down the system. Values:
| 0 > 5 | 2 | |
GF_ALTMODE (INT32) | Geofence altitude mode Comment: Select which altitude (AMSL) source should be used for geofence calculations. Values:
| 0 > 1 | 0 | |
GF_COUNT (INT32) | Geofence counter limit Comment: Set how many subsequent position measurements outside of the fence are needed before geofence violation is triggered | -1 > 10 (1) | -1 | |
GF_MAX_HOR_DIST (FLOAT) | Max horizontal distance in meters Comment: Maximum horizontal distance in meters the vehicle can be from home before triggering a geofence action. Disabled if 0. | 0 > 10000 (1) | 0 | m |
GF_MAX_VER_DIST (FLOAT) | Max vertical distance in meters Comment: Maximum vertical distance in meters the vehicle can be from home before triggering a geofence action. Disabled if 0. | 0 > 10000 (1) | 0 | m |
GF_SOURCE (INT32) | Geofence source Comment: Select which position source should be used. Selecting GPS instead of global position makes sure that there is no dependence on the position estimator 0 = global position, 1 = GPS Values:
| 0 > 1 | 0 |
# Hover Thrust Estimator
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
HTE_ACC_GATE (FLOAT) | Gate size for acceleration fusion Comment: Sets the number of standard deviations used by the innovation consistency test. | 1.0 > 10.0 | 3.0 | SD |
HTE_HT_ERR_INIT (FLOAT) | 1-sigma initial hover thrust uncertainty Comment: Sets the number of standard deviations used by the innovation consistency test. | 0.0 > 1.0 | 0.1 | normalized_thrust |
HTE_HT_NOISE (FLOAT) | Hover thrust process noise Comment: Reduce to make the hover thrust estimate more stable, increase if the real hover thrust is expected to change quickly over time. | 0.0001 > 1.0 | 0.0036 | normalized_thrust/s |
# Iridium SBD
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
ISBD_CONFIG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for Iridium (with MAVLink) Comment: Configure on which serial port to run Iridium (with MAVLink). Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
ISBD_READ_INT (INT32) | Satellite radio read interval. Only required to be nonzero if data is not sent using a ring call | 0 > 5000 | 0 | s |
ISBD_SBD_TIMEOUT (INT32) | Iridium SBD session timeout | 0 > 300 | 60 | s |
ISBD_STACK_TIME (INT32) | Time the Iridium driver will wait for additional mavlink messages to combine them into one SBD message Comment: Value 0 turns the functionality off | 0 > 500 | 0 | ms |
# Land Detector
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
LNDFW_AIRSPD_MAX (FLOAT) | Airspeed max Comment: Maximum airspeed allowed in the landed state | 4 > 20 | 6.00 | m/s |
LNDFW_VEL_XY_MAX (FLOAT) | Fixedwing max horizontal velocity Comment: Maximum horizontal velocity allowed in the landed state | 0.5 > 10 | 5.0 | m/s |
LNDFW_VEL_Z_MAX (FLOAT) | Fixedwing max climb rate Comment: Maximum vertical velocity allowed in the landed state | 0.1 > 20 | 3.0 | m/s |
LNDFW_XYACC_MAX (FLOAT) | Fixedwing max horizontal acceleration Comment: Maximum horizontal (x,y body axes) acceleration allowed in the landed state | 2 > 15 | 8.0 | m/s^2 |
LNDMC_ALT_GND (FLOAT) | Ground effect altitude for multicopters Comment: The height above ground below which ground effect creates barometric altitude errors. A negative value indicates no ground effect. | -1 > ? | -1.0 | m |
LNDMC_ALT_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum altitude for multicopters Comment: The system will obey this limit as a hard altitude limit. This setting will be consolidated with the GF_MAX_VER_DIST parameter. A negative value indicates no altitude limitation. | -1 > 10000 | -1.0 | m |
LNDMC_ROT_MAX (FLOAT) | Multicopter max rotation Comment: Maximum allowed angular velocity around each axis allowed in the landed state. | 20.0 | deg/s | |
LNDMC_TRIG_TIME (FLOAT) | Multicopter land detection trigger time Comment: Total time it takes to go through all three land detection stages: ground contact, maybe landed, landed when all necessary conditions are constantly met. | 0.1 > 10.0 | 1.0 | s |
LNDMC_XY_VEL_MAX (FLOAT) | Multicopter max horizontal velocity Comment: Maximum horizontal velocity allowed in the landed state | 1.5 | m/s | |
LNDMC_Z_VEL_MAX (FLOAT) | Multicopter max climb rate Comment: Maximum vertical velocity allowed in the landed state | 0.50 | m/s | |
LND_FLIGHT_T_HI (INT32) | Total flight time in microseconds Comment: Total flight time of this autopilot. Higher 32 bits of the value. Flight time in microseconds = (LND_FLIGHT_T_HI << 32) | LND_FLIGHT_T_LO. | 0 > ? | 0 | |
LND_FLIGHT_T_LO (INT32) | Total flight time in microseconds Comment: Total flight time of this autopilot. Lower 32 bits of the value. Flight time in microseconds = (LND_FLIGHT_T_HI << 32) | LND_FLIGHT_T_LO. | 0 > ? | 0 |
# Landing target Estimator
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
LTEST_ACC_UNC (FLOAT) | Acceleration uncertainty Comment: Variance of acceleration measurement used for landing target position prediction. Higher values results in tighter following of the measurements and more lenient outlier rejection | 0.01 > ? | 10.0 | (m/s^2)^2 |
LTEST_MEAS_UNC (FLOAT) | Landing target measurement uncertainty Comment: Variance of the landing target measurement from the driver. Higher values results in less agressive following of the measurement and a smoother output as well as fewer rejected measurements. | 0.005 | tan(rad)^2 | |
LTEST_MODE (INT32) | Landing target mode Comment: Configure the mode of the landing target. Depending on the mode, the landing target observations are used differently to aid position estimation. Mode Moving: The landing target may be moving around while in the field of view of the vehicle. Landing target measurements are not used to aid positioning. Mode Stationary: The landing target is stationary. Measured velocity w.r.t. the landing target is used to aid velocity estimation. Values:
| 0 > 1 | 0 | |
LTEST_POS_UNC_IN (FLOAT) | Initial landing target position uncertainty Comment: Initial variance of the relative landing target position in x and y direction | 0.001 > ? | 0.1 | m^2 |
LTEST_SCALE_X (FLOAT) | Scale factor for sensor measurements in sensor x axis Comment: Landing target x measurements are scaled by this factor before being used | 0.01 > ? | 1.0 | |
LTEST_SCALE_Y (FLOAT) | Scale factor for sensor measurements in sensor y axis Comment: Landing target y measurements are scaled by this factor before being used | 0.01 > ? | 1.0 | |
LTEST_VEL_UNC_IN (FLOAT) | Initial landing target velocity uncertainty Comment: Initial variance of the relative landing target velocity in x and y direction | 0.001 > ? | 0.1 | (m/s)^2 |
# Local Position Estimator
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
LPE_ACC_XY (FLOAT) | Accelerometer xy noise density Comment: Data sheet noise density = 150ug/sqrt(Hz) = 0.0015 m/s^2/sqrt(Hz) Larger than data sheet to account for tilt error. | 0.00001 > 2 | 0.012 | m/s^2/sqrt(Hz) |
LPE_ACC_Z (FLOAT) | Accelerometer z noise density Comment: Data sheet noise density = 150ug/sqrt(Hz) = 0.0015 m/s^2/sqrt(Hz) | 0.00001 > 2 | 0.02 | m/s^2/sqrt(Hz) |
LPE_BAR_Z (FLOAT) | Barometric presssure altitude z standard deviation | 0.01 > 100 | 3.0 | m |
LPE_EPH_MAX (FLOAT) | Max EPH allowed for GPS initialization | 1.0 > 5.0 | 3.0 | m |
LPE_EPV_MAX (FLOAT) | Max EPV allowed for GPS initialization | 1.0 > 5.0 | 5.0 | m |
LPE_FAKE_ORIGIN (INT32) | Enable publishing of a fake global position (e.g for AUTO missions using Optical Flow) Comment: By initializing the estimator to the LPE_LAT/LON parameters when global information is unavailable | 0 > 1 | 0 | |
LPE_FGYRO_HP (FLOAT) | Flow gyro high pass filter cut off frequency | 0 > 2 | 0.001 | Hz |
LPE_FLW_OFF_Z (FLOAT) | Optical flow z offset from center | -1 > 1 | 0.0 | m |
LPE_FLW_QMIN (INT32) | Optical flow minimum quality threshold | 0 > 255 | 150 | |
LPE_FLW_R (FLOAT) | Optical flow rotation (roll/pitch) noise gain | 0.1 > 10.0 | 7.0 | m/s/rad |
LPE_FLW_RR (FLOAT) | Optical flow angular velocity noise gain | 0.0 > 10.0 | 7.0 | m/rad |
LPE_FLW_SCALE (FLOAT) | Optical flow scale | 0.1 > 10.0 | 1.3 | m |
LPE_FUSION (INT32) | Integer bitmask controlling data fusion Comment: Set bits in the following positions to enable: 0 : Set to true to fuse GPS data if available, also requires GPS for altitude init 1 : Set to true to fuse optical flow data if available 2 : Set to true to fuse vision position 3 : Set to true to enable landing target 4 : Set to true to fuse land detector 5 : Set to true to publish AGL as local position down component 6 : Set to true to enable flow gyro compensation 7 : Set to true to enable baro fusion default (145 - GPS, baro, land detector) Bitmask:
| 0 > 255 | 145 | |
LPE_GPS_DELAY (FLOAT) | GPS delay compensaton | 0 > 0.4 | 0.29 | s |
LPE_GPS_VXY (FLOAT) | GPS xy velocity standard deviation Comment: EPV used if greater than this value. | 0.01 > 2 | 0.25 | m/s |
LPE_GPS_VZ (FLOAT) | GPS z velocity standard deviation | 0.01 > 2 | 0.25 | m/s |
LPE_GPS_XY (FLOAT) | Minimum GPS xy standard deviation, uses reported EPH if greater | 0.01 > 5 | 1.0 | m |
LPE_GPS_Z (FLOAT) | Minimum GPS z standard deviation, uses reported EPV if greater | 0.01 > 200 | 3.0 | m |
LPE_LAND_VXY (FLOAT) | Land detector xy velocity standard deviation | 0.01 > 10.0 | 0.05 | m/s |
LPE_LAND_Z (FLOAT) | Land detector z standard deviation | 0.001 > 10.0 | 0.03 | m |
LPE_LAT (FLOAT) | Local origin latitude for nav w/o GPS | -90 > 90 | 47.397742 | deg |
LPE_LDR_OFF_Z (FLOAT) | Lidar z offset from center of vehicle +down | -1 > 1 | 0.00 | m |
LPE_LDR_Z (FLOAT) | Lidar z standard deviation | 0.01 > 1 | 0.03 | m |
LPE_LON (FLOAT) | Local origin longitude for nav w/o GPS | -180 > 180 | 8.545594 | deg |
LPE_LT_COV (FLOAT) | Minimum landing target standard covariance, uses reported covariance if greater | 0.0 > 10 | 0.0001 | m^2 |
LPE_PN_B (FLOAT) | Accel bias propagation noise density | 0 > 1 | 1e-3 | m/s^3/sqrt(Hz) |
LPE_PN_P (FLOAT) | Position propagation noise density Comment: Increase to trust measurements more. Decrease to trust model more. | 0 > 1 | 0.1 | m/s/sqrt(Hz) |
LPE_PN_T (FLOAT) | Terrain random walk noise density, hilly/outdoor (0.1), flat/Indoor (0.001) | 0 > 1 | 0.001 | m/s/sqrt(Hz) |
LPE_PN_V (FLOAT) | Velocity propagation noise density Comment: Increase to trust measurements more. Decrease to trust model more. | 0 > 1 | 0.1 | m/s^2/sqrt(Hz) |
LPE_SNR_OFF_Z (FLOAT) | Sonar z offset from center of vehicle +down | -1 > 1 | 0.00 | m |
LPE_SNR_Z (FLOAT) | Sonar z standard deviation | 0.01 > 1 | 0.05 | m |
LPE_T_MAX_GRADE (FLOAT) | Terrain maximum percent grade, hilly/outdoor (100 = 45 deg), flat/Indoor (0 = 0 deg) Comment: Used to calculate increased terrain random walk nosie due to movement. | 0 > 100 | 1.0 | % |
LPE_VIC_P (FLOAT) | Vicon position standard deviation | 0.0001 > 1 | 0.001 | m |
LPE_VIS_DELAY (FLOAT) | Vision delay compensaton Comment: Set to zero to enable automatic compensation from measurement timestamps | 0 > 0.1 | 0.1 | s |
LPE_VIS_XY (FLOAT) | Vision xy standard deviation | 0.01 > 1 | 0.1 | m |
LPE_VIS_Z (FLOAT) | Vision z standard deviation | 0.01 > 100 | 0.5 | m |
LPE_VXY_PUB (FLOAT) | Required velocity xy standard deviation to publish position | 0.01 > 1.0 | 0.3 | m/s |
LPE_X_LP (FLOAT) | Cut frequency for state publication | 5 > 1000 | 5.0 | Hz |
LPE_Z_PUB (FLOAT) | Required z standard deviation to publish altitude/ terrain | 0.3 > 5.0 | 1.0 | m |
# MAVLink
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
MAV_0_BROADCAST (INT32) | Broadcast heartbeats on local network for MAVLink instance 0 Comment: This allows a ground control station to automatically find the drone on the local network. Values:
| 1 | ||
MAV_0_CONFIG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for MAVLink (instance 0) Comment: Configure on which serial port to run MAVLink. Values:
Reboot required: true | 101 | ||
MAV_0_FORWARD (INT32) | Enable MAVLink Message forwarding for instance 0 Comment: If enabled, forward incoming MAVLink messages to other MAVLink ports if the message is either broadcast or the target is not the autopilot. This allows for example a GCS to talk to a camera that is connected to the autopilot via MAVLink (on a different link than the GCS). Reboot required: True | Enabled (1) | ||
MAV_0_MODE (INT32) | MAVLink Mode for instance 0 Comment: The MAVLink Mode defines the set of streamed messages (for example the vehicle's attitude) and their sending rates. Values:
Reboot required: True | 0 | ||
MAV_0_RADIO_CTL (INT32) | Enable software throttling of mavlink on instance 0 Comment: If enabled, MAVLink messages will be throttled according to `txbuf` field reported by radio_status. Requires a radio to send the mavlink message RADIO_STATUS. Reboot required: True | Enabled (1) | ||
MAV_0_RATE (INT32) | Maximum MAVLink sending rate for instance 0 Comment: Configure the maximum sending rate for the MAVLink streams in Bytes/sec. If the configured streams exceed the maximum rate, the sending rate of each stream is automatically decreased. If this is set to 0 a value of half of the theoretical maximum bandwidth is used. This corresponds to baudrate/20 Bytes/s (baudrate/10 = maximum data rate on 8N1-configured links). Reboot required: True | 0 > ? | 1200 | B/s |
MAV_0_REMOTE_PRT (INT32) | MAVLink Remote Port for instance 0 Comment: If ethernet enabled and selected as configuration for MAVLink instance 0, selected remote port will be set and used in MAVLink instance 0. Reboot required: True | 14550 | ||
MAV_0_UDP_PRT (INT32) | MAVLink Network Port for instance 0 Comment: If ethernet enabled and selected as configuration for MAVLink instance 0, selected udp port will be set and used in MAVLink instance 0. Reboot required: True | 14556 | ||
MAV_1_BROADCAST (INT32) | Broadcast heartbeats on local network for MAVLink instance 1 Comment: This allows a ground control station to automatically find the drone on the local network. Values:
| 0 | ||
MAV_1_CONFIG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for MAVLink (instance 1) Comment: Configure on which serial port to run MAVLink. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
MAV_1_FORWARD (INT32) | Enable MAVLink Message forwarding for instance 1 Comment: If enabled, forward incoming MAVLink messages to other MAVLink ports if the message is either broadcast or the target is not the autopilot. This allows for example a GCS to talk to a camera that is connected to the autopilot via MAVLink (on a different link than the GCS). Reboot required: True | Disabled (0) | ||
MAV_1_MODE (INT32) | MAVLink Mode for instance 1 Comment: The MAVLink Mode defines the set of streamed messages (for example the vehicle's attitude) and their sending rates. Values:
Reboot required: True | 2 | ||
MAV_1_RADIO_CTL (INT32) | Enable software throttling of mavlink on instance 1 Comment: If enabled, MAVLink messages will be throttled according to `txbuf` field reported by radio_status. Requires a radio to send the mavlink message RADIO_STATUS. Reboot required: True | Enabled (1) | ||
MAV_1_RATE (INT32) | Maximum MAVLink sending rate for instance 1 Comment: Configure the maximum sending rate for the MAVLink streams in Bytes/sec. If the configured streams exceed the maximum rate, the sending rate of each stream is automatically decreased. If this is set to 0 a value of half of the theoretical maximum bandwidth is used. This corresponds to baudrate/20 Bytes/s (baudrate/10 = maximum data rate on 8N1-configured links). Reboot required: True | 0 > ? | 0 | B/s |
MAV_1_REMOTE_PRT (INT32) | MAVLink Remote Port for instance 1 Comment: If ethernet enabled and selected as configuration for MAVLink instance 1, selected remote port will be set and used in MAVLink instance 1. Reboot required: True | 0 | ||
MAV_1_UDP_PRT (INT32) | MAVLink Network Port for instance 1 Comment: If ethernet enabled and selected as configuration for MAVLink instance 1, selected udp port will be set and used in MAVLink instance 1. Reboot required: True | 0 | ||
MAV_2_BROADCAST (INT32) | Broadcast heartbeats on local network for MAVLink instance 2 Comment: This allows a ground control station to automatically find the drone on the local network. Values:
| 0 | ||
MAV_2_CONFIG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for MAVLink (instance 2) Comment: Configure on which serial port to run MAVLink. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
MAV_2_FORWARD (INT32) | Enable MAVLink Message forwarding for instance 2 Comment: If enabled, forward incoming MAVLink messages to other MAVLink ports if the message is either broadcast or the target is not the autopilot. This allows for example a GCS to talk to a camera that is connected to the autopilot via MAVLink (on a different link than the GCS). Reboot required: True | Disabled (0) | ||
MAV_2_MODE (INT32) | MAVLink Mode for instance 2 Comment: The MAVLink Mode defines the set of streamed messages (for example the vehicle's attitude) and their sending rates. Values:
Reboot required: True | 0 | ||
MAV_2_RADIO_CTL (INT32) | Enable software throttling of mavlink on instance 2 Comment: If enabled, MAVLink messages will be throttled according to `txbuf` field reported by radio_status. Requires a radio to send the mavlink message RADIO_STATUS. Reboot required: True | Enabled (1) | ||
MAV_2_RATE (INT32) | Maximum MAVLink sending rate for instance 2 Comment: Configure the maximum sending rate for the MAVLink streams in Bytes/sec. If the configured streams exceed the maximum rate, the sending rate of each stream is automatically decreased. If this is set to 0 a value of half of the theoretical maximum bandwidth is used. This corresponds to baudrate/20 Bytes/s (baudrate/10 = maximum data rate on 8N1-configured links). Reboot required: True | 0 > ? | 0 | B/s |
MAV_2_REMOTE_PRT (INT32) | MAVLink Remote Port for instance 2 Comment: If ethernet enabled and selected as configuration for MAVLink instance 2, selected remote port will be set and used in MAVLink instance 2. Reboot required: True | 0 | ||
MAV_2_UDP_PRT (INT32) | MAVLink Network Port for instance 2 Comment: If ethernet enabled and selected as configuration for MAVLink instance 2, selected udp port will be set and used in MAVLink instance 2. Reboot required: True | 0 | ||
MAV_COMP_ID (INT32) | MAVLink component ID Reboot required: true | 1 > 250 | 1 | |
MAV_FWDEXTSP (INT32) | Forward external setpoint messages Comment: If set to 1 incoming external setpoint messages will be directly forwarded to the controllers if in offboard control mode | Enabled (1) | ||
MAV_HASH_CHK_EN (INT32) | Parameter hash check Comment: Disabling the parameter hash check functionality will make the mavlink instance stream parameters continuously. | Enabled (1) | ||
MAV_HB_FORW_EN (INT32) | Hearbeat message forwarding Comment: The mavlink hearbeat message will not be forwarded if this parameter is set to 'disabled'. The main reason for disabling heartbeats to be forwarded is because they confuse dronekit. | Enabled (1) | ||
MAV_ODOM_LP (INT32) | Activate ODOMETRY loopback Comment: If set, it gets the data from 'vehicle_visual_odometry' instead of 'vehicle_odometry' serving as a loopback of the received ODOMETRY messages on the Mavlink receiver. | Disabled (0) | ||
MAV_PROTO_VER (INT32) | MAVLink protocol version Values:
| 0 | ||
MAV_RADIO_TOUT (INT32) | Timeout in seconds for the RADIO_STATUS reports coming in Comment: If the connected radio stops reporting RADIO_STATUS for a certain time, a warning is triggered and, if MAV_X_RADIO_CTL is enabled, the software-flow control is reset. | 1 > 250 | 5 | s |
MAV_SIK_RADIO_ID (INT32) | MAVLink SiK Radio ID Comment: When non-zero the MAVLink app will attempt to configure the SiK radio to this ID and re-set the parameter to 0. If the value is negative it will reset the complete radio config to factory defaults. Only applies if this mavlink instance is going through a SiK radio | -1 > 240 | 0 | |
MAV_SYS_ID (INT32) | MAVLink system ID Reboot required: true | 1 > 250 | 1 | |
MAV_TYPE (INT32) | MAVLink airframe type Values:
| 1 > 27 | 2 | |
MAV_USEHILGPS (INT32) | Use/Accept HIL GPS message even if not in HIL mode Comment: If set to 1 incoming HIL GPS messages are parsed. | Disabled (0) |
# Mission
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
MIS_DIST_1WP (FLOAT) | Maximal horizontal distance from home to first waypoint Comment: Failsafe check to prevent running mission stored from previous flight at a new takeoff location. Set a value of zero or less to disable. The mission will not be started if the current waypoint is more distant than MIS_DIS_1WP from the home position. | 0 > 10000 (100) | 900 | m |
MIS_DIST_WPS (FLOAT) | Maximal horizontal distance between waypoint Comment: Failsafe check to prevent running missions which are way too big. Set a value of zero or less to disable. The mission will not be started if any distance between two subsequent waypoints is greater than MIS_DIST_WPS. | 0 > 10000 (100) | 900 | m |
MIS_LTRMIN_ALT (FLOAT) | Minimum Loiter altitude Comment: This is the minimum altitude the system will always obey. The intent is to stay out of ground effect. set to -1, if there shouldn't be a minimum loiter altitude | -1 > 80 (0.5) | -1.0 | m |
MIS_MNT_YAW_CTL (INT32) | Enable yaw control of the mount. (Only affects multicopters and ROI mission items) Comment: If enabled, yaw commands will be sent to the mount and the vehicle will follow its heading towards the flight direction. If disabled, the vehicle will yaw towards the ROI. Values:
| 0 > 1 | 0 | |
MIS_TAKEOFF_ALT (FLOAT) | Take-off altitude Comment: This is the minimum altitude the system will take off to. | 0 > 80 (0.5) | 2.5 | m |
MIS_TAKEOFF_REQ (INT32) | Take-off waypoint required Comment: If set, the mission feasibility checker will check for a takeoff waypoint on the mission. | Disabled (0) | ||
MIS_YAW_ERR (FLOAT) | Max yaw error in degrees needed for waypoint heading acceptance | 0 > 90 (1) | 12.0 | deg |
MIS_YAW_TMT (FLOAT) | Time in seconds we wait on reaching target heading at a waypoint if it is forced Comment: If set > 0 it will ignore the target heading for normal waypoint acceptance. If the waypoint forces the heading the timeout will matter. For example on VTOL forwards transition. Mainly useful for VTOLs that have less yaw authority and might not reach target yaw in wind. Disabled by default. | -1 > 20 (1) | -1.0 | s |
MPC_YAW_MODE (INT32) | Yaw mode Comment: Specifies the heading in Auto. Values:
| 0 > 4 | 0 | |
NAV_ACC_RAD (FLOAT) | Acceptance Radius Comment: Default acceptance radius, overridden by acceptance radius of waypoint if set. For fixed wing the L1 turning distance is used for horizontal acceptance. | 0.05 > 200.0 (0.5) | 10.0 | m |
NAV_FORCE_VT (INT32) | Force VTOL mode takeoff and land | Enabled (1) | ||
NAV_FW_ALTL_RAD (FLOAT) | FW Altitude Acceptance Radius before a landing Comment: Altitude acceptance used for the last waypoint before a fixed-wing landing. This is usually smaller than the standard vertical acceptance because close to the ground higher accuracy is required. | 0.05 > 200.0 | 5.0 | m |
NAV_FW_ALT_RAD (FLOAT) | FW Altitude Acceptance Radius Comment: Acceptance radius for fixedwing altitude. | 0.05 > 200.0 (0.5) | 10.0 | m |
NAV_LOITER_RAD (FLOAT) | Loiter radius (FW only) Comment: Default value of loiter radius for missions, Hold mode, Return mode, etc. (fixedwing only). | 25 > 1000 (0.5) | 50.0 | m |
NAV_MC_ALT_RAD (FLOAT) | MC Altitude Acceptance Radius Comment: Acceptance radius for multicopter altitude. | 0.05 > 200.0 (0.5) | 0.8 | m |
NAV_TRAFF_AVOID (INT32) | Set traffic avoidance mode Comment: Enabling this will allow the system to respond to transponder data from e.g. ADSB transponders Values:
| 1 | ||
NAV_TRAFF_A_RADM (FLOAT) | Set NAV TRAFFIC AVOID RADIUS MANNED Comment: Defines the Radius where NAV TRAFFIC AVOID is Called For Manned Aviation | 500 > ? | 500 | m |
NAV_TRAFF_A_RADU (FLOAT) | Set NAV TRAFFIC AVOID RADIUS Comment: Defines the Radius where NAV TRAFFIC AVOID is Called For Unmanned Aviation | 10 > 500 | 10 | m |
# Mixer Output
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
MC_AIRMODE (INT32) | Multicopter air-mode Comment: The air-mode enables the mixer to increase the total thrust of the multirotor in order to keep attitude and rate control even at low and high throttle. This function should be disabled during tuning as it will help the controller to diverge if the closed-loop is unstable (i.e. the vehicle is not tuned yet). Enabling air-mode for yaw requires the use of an arming switch. Values:
| 0 | ||
MOT_ORDERING (INT32) | Motor Ordering Comment: Determines the motor ordering. This can be used for example in combination with a 4-in-1 ESC that assumes a motor ordering which is different from PX4. ONLY supported for Quads. When changing this, make sure to test the motor response without props first. Values:
| 0 |
# Mount
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
MNT_DO_STAB (INT32) | Stabilize the mount Comment: Set to true for servo gimbal, false for passthrough. This is required for a gimbal which is not capable of stabilizing itself and relies on the IMU's attitude estimation. Values:
| 0 > 2 | 0 | |
MNT_MAN_PITCH (INT32) | Auxiliary channel to control pitch (in AUX input or manual mode) Values:
| 0 > 6 | 0 | |
MNT_MAN_ROLL (INT32) | Auxiliary channel to control roll (in AUX input or manual mode) Values:
| 0 > 6 | 0 | |
MNT_MAN_YAW (INT32) | Auxiliary channel to control yaw (in AUX input or manual mode) Values:
| 0 > 6 | 0 | |
MNT_MAV_COMPID (INT32) | Mavlink Component ID of the mount Comment: If MNT_MODE_OUT is MAVLink protocol v2, mount configure/control commands will be sent with this component ID. | 154 | ||
MNT_MAV_SYSID (INT32) | Mavlink System ID of the mount Comment: If MNT_MODE_OUT is MAVLink gimbal protocol v1, mount configure/control commands will be sent with this target ID. | 1 | ||
MNT_MODE_IN (INT32) | Mount input mode Comment: RC uses the AUX input channels (see MNT_MAN_* parameters), MAVLINK_ROI uses the MAV_CMD_DO_SET_ROI Mavlink message, and MAVLINK_DO_MOUNT the MAV_CMD_DO_MOUNT_CONFIGURE and MAV_CMD_DO_MOUNT_CONTROL messages to control a mount. Values:
Reboot required: true | -1 > 4 | -1 | |
MNT_MODE_OUT (INT32) | Mount output mode Comment: AUX uses the mixer output Control Group #2. MAVLINK uses the MAV_CMD_DO_MOUNT_CONFIGURE and MAV_CMD_DO_MOUNT_CONTROL MavLink messages to control a mount (set MNT_MAV_SYSID & MNT_MAV_COMPID) Values:
| 0 > 2 | 0 | |
MNT_OB_LOCK_MODE (FLOAT) | Mixer value for selecting a locking mode Comment: if required for the gimbal (only in AUX output mode) | -1.0 > 1.0 | 0.0 | |
MNT_OB_NORM_MODE (FLOAT) | Mixer value for selecting normal mode Comment: if required by the gimbal (only in AUX output mode) | -1.0 > 1.0 | -1.0 | |
MNT_OFF_PITCH (FLOAT) | Offset for pitch channel output in degrees | -360.0 > 360.0 | 0.0 | |
MNT_OFF_ROLL (FLOAT) | Offset for roll channel output in degrees | -360.0 > 360.0 | 0.0 | |
MNT_OFF_YAW (FLOAT) | Offset for yaw channel output in degrees | -360.0 > 360.0 | 0.0 | |
MNT_RANGE_PITCH (FLOAT) | Range of pitch channel output in degrees (only in AUX output mode) | 1.0 > 720.0 | 360.0 | |
MNT_RANGE_ROLL (FLOAT) | Range of roll channel output in degrees (only in AUX output mode) | 1.0 > 720.0 | 360.0 | |
MNT_RANGE_YAW (FLOAT) | Range of yaw channel output in degrees (only in AUX output mode) | 1.0 > 720.0 | 360.0 | |
MNT_RATE_PITCH (FLOAT) | Angular pitch rate for manual input in degrees/second Comment: Full stick input [-1..1] translats to [-pitch rate..pitch rate]. | 1.0 > 90.0 | 30.0 | |
MNT_RATE_YAW (FLOAT) | Angular yaw rate for manual input in degrees/second Comment: Full stick input [-1..1] translats to [-yaw rate..yaw rate]. | 1.0 > 90.0 | 30.0 |
# Multicopter Attitude Control
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
MC_PITCHRATE_MAX (FLOAT) | Max pitch rate Comment: Limit for pitch rate in manual and auto modes (except acro). Has effect for large rotations in autonomous mode, to avoid large control output and mixer saturation. This is not only limited by the vehicle's properties, but also by the maximum measurement rate of the gyro. | 0.0 > 1800.0 (5) | 220.0 | deg/s |
MC_PITCH_P (FLOAT) | Pitch P gain Comment: Pitch proportional gain, i.e. desired angular speed in rad/s for error 1 rad. | 0.0 > 12 (0.1) | 6.5 | |
MC_ROLLRATE_MAX (FLOAT) | Max roll rate Comment: Limit for roll rate in manual and auto modes (except acro). Has effect for large rotations in autonomous mode, to avoid large control output and mixer saturation. This is not only limited by the vehicle's properties, but also by the maximum measurement rate of the gyro. | 0.0 > 1800.0 (5) | 220.0 | deg/s |
MC_ROLL_P (FLOAT) | Roll P gain Comment: Roll proportional gain, i.e. desired angular speed in rad/s for error 1 rad. | 0.0 > 12 (0.1) | 6.5 | |
MC_YAWRATE_MAX (FLOAT) | Max yaw rate | 0.0 > 1800.0 (5) | 200.0 | deg/s |
MC_YAW_P (FLOAT) | Yaw P gain Comment: Yaw proportional gain, i.e. desired angular speed in rad/s for error 1 rad. | 0.0 > 5 (0.1) | 2.8 | |
MC_YAW_WEIGHT (FLOAT) | Yaw weight Comment: A fraction [0,1] deprioritizing yaw compared to roll and pitch in non-linear attitude control. Deprioritizing yaw is necessary because multicopters have much less control authority in yaw compared to the other axes and it makes sense because yaw is not critical for stable hovering or 3D navigation. For yaw control tuning use MC_YAW_P. This ratio has no inpact on the yaw gain. | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.1) | 0.4 | |
MPC_YAWRAUTO_MAX (FLOAT) | Max yaw rate in auto mode Comment: Limit the rate of change of the yaw setpoint in autonomous mode to avoid large control output and mixer saturation. | 0.0 > 360.0 (5) | 45.0 | deg/s |
# Multicopter Position Control
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
CP_DELAY (FLOAT) | Average delay of the range sensor message plus the tracking delay of the position controller in seconds Comment: Only used in Position mode. | 0 > 1 | 0.4 | s |
CP_DIST (FLOAT) | Minimum distance the vehicle should keep to all obstacles Comment: Only used in Position mode. Collision avoidance is disabled by setting this parameter to a negative value | -1 > 15 | -1.0 | m |
CP_GO_NO_DATA (INT32) | Boolean to allow moving into directions where there is no sensor data (outside FOV) Comment: Only used in Position mode. | Disabled (0) | ||
CP_GUIDE_ANG (FLOAT) | Angle left/right from the commanded setpoint by which the collision prevention algorithm can choose to change the setpoint direction Comment: Only used in Position mode. | 0 > 90 | 30. | deg |
MC_MAN_TILT_TAU (FLOAT) | Manual tilt input filter time constant Comment: Setting this parameter to 0 disables the filter | 0.0 > 2.0 | 0.0 | s |
MPC_ACC_DOWN_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum vertical acceleration in velocity controlled modes down | 2.0 > 15.0 (1) | 3.0 | m/s^2 |
MPC_ACC_HOR (FLOAT) | Acceleration for auto and for manual Comment: Note: In manual, this parameter is only used in MPC_POS_MODE 4. | 2.0 > 15.0 (1) | 3.0 | m/s^2 |
MPC_ACC_HOR_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum horizontal acceleration for auto mode and for manual mode Comment: MPC_POS_MODE 1 just deceleration 3 acceleration and deceleration 4 just acceleration | 2.0 > 15.0 (1) | 5.0 | m/s^2 |
MPC_ACC_UP_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum vertical acceleration in velocity controlled modes upward | 2.0 > 15.0 (1) | 4.0 | m/s^2 |
MPC_ALT_MODE (INT32) | Altitude control mode Comment: Set to 0 to control height relative to the earth frame origin. This origin may move up and down in flight due to sensor drift. Set to 1 to control height relative to estimated distance to ground. The vehicle will move up and down with terrain height variation. Requires a distance to ground sensor. The height controller will revert to using height above origin if the distance to ground estimate becomes invalid as indicated by the local_position.distance_bottom_valid message being false. Set to 2 to control height relative to ground (requires a distance sensor) when stationary and relative to earth frame origin when moving horizontally. The speed threshold is controlled by the MPC_HOLD_MAX_XY parameter. Values:
| 0 > 2 | 0 | |
MPC_HOLD_DZ (FLOAT) | Deadzone of sticks where position hold is enabled | 0.0 > 1.0 | 0.1 | |
MPC_HOLD_MAX_XY (FLOAT) | Maximum horizontal velocity for which position hold is enabled (use 0 to disable check) | 0.0 > 3.0 | 0.8 | m/s |
MPC_HOLD_MAX_Z (FLOAT) | Maximum vertical velocity for which position hold is enabled (use 0 to disable check) | 0.0 > 3.0 | 0.6 | m/s |
MPC_JERK_AUTO (FLOAT) | Jerk limit in auto mode Comment: Limit the maximum jerk of the vehicle (how fast the acceleration can change). A lower value leads to smoother vehicle motions, but it also limits its agility. | 1.0 > 80.0 (1) | 4.0 | m/s^3 |
MPC_JERK_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum jerk limit Comment: Limit the maximum jerk of the vehicle (how fast the acceleration can change). A lower value leads to smoother vehicle motions, but it also limits its agility (how fast it can change directions or break). Setting this to the maximum value essentially disables the limit. Note: This is only used when MPC_POS_MODE is set to a smoothing mode 3 or 4. | 0.5 > 500.0 (1) | 8.0 | m/s^3 |
MPC_LAND_ALT1 (FLOAT) | Altitude for 1. step of slow landing (descend) Comment: Below this altitude descending velocity gets limited to a value between "MPC_Z_VEL_MAX_DN" and "MPC_LAND_SPEED" Value needs to be higher than "MPC_LAND_ALT2" | 0 > 122 | 10.0 | m |
MPC_LAND_ALT2 (FLOAT) | Altitude for 2. step of slow landing (landing) Comment: Below this altitude descending velocity gets limited to "MPC_LAND_SPEED". Value needs to be lower than "MPC_LAND_ALT1" | 0 > 122 | 5.0 | m |
MPC_LAND_SPEED (FLOAT) | Landing descend rate | 0.6 > ? | 0.7 | m/s |
MPC_MANTHR_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum manual thrust Comment: Minimum vertical thrust. It's recommended to set it > 0 to avoid free fall with zero thrust. With MC_AIRMODE set to 1, this can safely be set to 0. | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 0.08 | norm |
MPC_MAN_TILT_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximal tilt angle in manual or altitude mode | 0.0 > 90.0 | 35.0 | deg |
MPC_MAN_Y_MAX (FLOAT) | Max manual yaw rate | 0.0 > 400 | 150.0 | deg/s |
MPC_MAN_Y_TAU (FLOAT) | Manual yaw rate input filter time constant Comment: Setting this parameter to 0 disables the filter | 0.0 > 5.0 | 0.08 | s |
MPC_POS_MODE (INT32) | Manual-Position control sub-mode Comment: The supported sub-modes are: 0 Simple position control where sticks map directly to velocity setpoints without smoothing. Useful for velocity control tuning. 3 Smooth position control with maximum acceleration and jerk limits based on jerk optimized trajectory generator (different algorithm than 1). 4 Smooth position control where sticks map to acceleration and there's a virtual brake drag Values:
| 4 | ||
MPC_SPOOLUP_TIME (FLOAT) | Enforced delay between arming and takeoff Comment: For altitude controlled modes the time from arming the motors until a takeoff is possible gets forced to be at least MPC_SPOOLUP_TIME seconds to ensure the motors and propellers can sppol up and reach idle speed before getting commanded to spin faster. This delay is particularly useful for vehicles with slow motor spin-up e.g. because of large propellers. | 0 > 10 | 1.0 | s |
MPC_THR_CURVE (INT32) | Thrust curve in Manual Mode Comment: This parameter defines how the throttle stick input is mapped to commanded thrust in Manual/Stabilized flight mode. In case the default is used ('Rescale to hover thrust'), the stick input is linearly rescaled, such that a centered stick corresponds to the hover throttle (see MPC_THR_HOVER). Select 'No Rescale' to directly map the stick 1:1 to the output. This can be useful in case the hover thrust is very low and the default would lead to too much distortion (e.g. if hover thrust is set to 20%, 80% of the upper thrust range is squeezed into the upper half of the stick range). Note: In case MPC_THR_HOVER is set to 50%, the modes 0 and 1 are the same. Values:
| 0 | ||
MPC_THR_HOVER (FLOAT) | Hover thrust Comment: Vertical thrust required to hover. This value is mapped to center stick for manual throttle control. With this value set to the thrust required to hover, transition from manual to Altitude or Position mode while hovering will occur with the throttle stick near center, which is then interpreted as (near) zero demand for vertical speed. This parameter is also important for the landing detection to work correctly. | 0.1 > 0.8 (0.01) | 0.5 | norm |
MPC_THR_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum thrust in auto thrust control Comment: Limit max allowed thrust | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 1.0 | norm |
MPC_THR_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum thrust in auto thrust control Comment: It's recommended to set it > 0 to avoid free fall with zero thrust. | 0.05 > 1.0 (0.01) | 0.12 | norm |
MPC_TILTMAX_AIR (FLOAT) | Maximum tilt angle in air Comment: Limits maximum tilt in AUTO and POSCTRL modes during flight. | 20.0 > 89.0 | 45.0 | deg |
MPC_TILTMAX_LND (FLOAT) | Maximum tilt during landing Comment: Limits maximum tilt angle on landing. | 10.0 > 89.0 | 12.0 | deg |
MPC_TKO_RAMP_T (FLOAT) | Position control smooth takeoff ramp time constant Comment: Increasing this value will make automatic and manual takeoff slower. If it's too slow the drone might scratch the ground and tip over. A time constant of 0 disables the ramp | 0 > 5 | 3.0 | |
MPC_TKO_SPEED (FLOAT) | Takeoff climb rate | 1 > 5 | 1.5 | m/s |
MPC_USE_HTE (INT32) | Hover thrust source selector Comment: Set false to use the fixed parameter MPC_THR_HOVER Set true to use the value computed by the hover thrust estimator | Enabled (1) | ||
MPC_VELD_LP (FLOAT) | Low pass filter cut freq. for numerical velocity derivative | 0.0 > 10 | 5.0 | Hz |
MPC_VEL_MANUAL (FLOAT) | Maximum horizontal velocity setpoint for manual controlled mode Comment: If velocity setpoint larger than MPC_XY_VEL_MAX is set, then the setpoint will be capped to MPC_XY_VEL_MAX | 3.0 > 20.0 (1) | 10.0 | m/s |
MPC_XY_CRUISE (FLOAT) | Maximum horizontal velocity in mission Comment: Horizontal velocity used when flying autonomously in e.g. Missions, RTL, Goto. | 3.0 > 20.0 (1) | 5.0 | m/s |
MPC_XY_ERR_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum horizontal error allowed by the trajectory generator Comment: The integration speed of the trajectory setpoint is linearly reduced with the horizontal position tracking error. When the error is above this parameter, the integration of the trajectory is stopped to wait for the drone. This value can be adjusted depending on the tracking capabilities of the vehicle. | 0.1 > 10.0 | 2.0 | |
MPC_XY_MAN_EXPO (FLOAT) | Manual position control stick exponential curve sensitivity Comment: The higher the value the less sensitivity the stick has around zero while still reaching the maximum value with full stick deflection. 0 Purely linear input curve (default) 1 Purely cubic input curve | 0 > 1 | 0.6 | |
MPC_XY_P (FLOAT) | Proportional gain for horizontal position error | 0.0 > 2.0 | 0.95 | |
MPC_XY_TRAJ_P (FLOAT) | Proportional gain for horizontal trajectory position error | 0.1 > 1.0 | 0.5 | |
MPC_XY_VEL_ALL (FLOAT) | Overall Horizonal Velocity Limit Comment: If set to a value greater than zero, other parameters are automatically set (such as MPC_XY_VEL_MAX or MPC_VEL_MANUAL). If set to a negative value, the existing individual parameters are used. | -20 > 20 (1) | -10.0 | |
MPC_XY_VEL_D_ACC (FLOAT) | Differential gain for horizontal velocity error. Small values help reduce fast oscillations. If value is too big oscillations will appear again Comment: defined as correction acceleration in m/s^2 per m/s^2 velocity derivative | 0.1 > 2.0 | 0.2 | |
MPC_XY_VEL_I_ACC (FLOAT) | Integral gain for horizontal velocity error Comment: defined as correction acceleration in m/s^2 per m velocity integral Non-zero value allows to eliminate steady state errors in the presence of disturbances like wind. | 0.0 > 60.0 | 0.4 | |
MPC_XY_VEL_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum horizontal velocity Comment: Maximum horizontal velocity in AUTO mode. If higher speeds are commanded in a mission they will be capped to this velocity. | 0.0 > 20.0 (1) | 12.0 | m/s |
MPC_XY_VEL_P_ACC (FLOAT) | Proportional gain for horizontal velocity error Comment: defined as correction acceleration in m/s^2 per m/s velocity error | 1.2 > 5.0 | 1.8 | |
MPC_YAW_EXPO (FLOAT) | Manual control stick yaw rotation exponential curve Comment: The higher the value the less sensitivity the stick has around zero while still reaching the maximum value with full stick deflection. 0 Purely linear input curve (default) 1 Purely cubic input curve | 0 > 1 | 0.6 | |
MPC_Z_MAN_EXPO (FLOAT) | Manual control stick vertical exponential curve Comment: The higher the value the less sensitivity the stick has around zero while still reaching the maximum value with full stick deflection. 0 Purely linear input curve (default) 1 Purely cubic input curve | 0 > 1 | 0.6 | |
MPC_Z_P (FLOAT) | Proportional gain for vertical position error | 0.0 > 1.5 | 1.0 | |
MPC_Z_VEL_ALL (FLOAT) | Overall Vertical Velocity Limit Comment: If set to a value greater than zero, other parameters are automatically set (such as MPC_Z_VEL_MAX_UP or MPC_LAND_SPEED). If set to a negative value, the existing individual parameters are used. | -3 > 8 (0.5) | -3.0 | |
MPC_Z_VEL_D_ACC (FLOAT) | Differential gain for vertical velocity error Comment: defined as correction acceleration in m/s^2 per m/s^2 velocity derivative | 0.0 > 2.0 | 0.0 | |
MPC_Z_VEL_I_ACC (FLOAT) | Integral gain for vertical velocity error Comment: defined as correction acceleration in m/s^2 per m velocity integral Non zero value allows hovering thrust estimation on stabilized or autonomous takeoff. | 0.2 > 3.0 | 2.0 | |
MPC_Z_VEL_MAX_DN (FLOAT) | Maximum vertical descent velocity Comment: Maximum vertical velocity in AUTO mode and endpoint for stabilized modes (ALTCTRL, POSCTRL). | 0.5 > 4.0 | 1.0 | m/s |
MPC_Z_VEL_MAX_UP (FLOAT) | Maximum vertical ascent velocity Comment: Maximum vertical velocity in AUTO mode and endpoint for stabilized modes (ALTCTRL, POSCTRL). | 0.5 > 8.0 | 3.0 | m/s |
MPC_Z_VEL_P_ACC (FLOAT) | Proportional gain for vertical velocity error Comment: defined as correction acceleration in m/s^2 per m/s velocity error | 2.0 > 15.0 | 4.0 | |
SYS_VEHICLE_RESP (FLOAT) | Responsiveness Comment: Changes the overall responsiveness of the vehicle. The higher the value, the faster the vehicle will react. If set to a value greater than zero, other parameters are automatically set (such as the acceleration or jerk limits). If set to a negative value, the existing individual parameters are used. | -1 > 1 (0.05) | -0.4 | |
WV_EN (INT32) | Enable weathervane | Disabled (0) | ||
WV_ROLL_MIN (FLOAT) | Minimum roll angle setpoint for weathervane controller to demand a yaw-rate | 0 > 5 | 1.0 | deg |
WV_YRATE_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum yawrate the weathervane controller is allowed to demand | 0 > 120 | 90.0 | deg/s |
# Multicopter Rate Control
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
MC_ACRO_EXPO (FLOAT) | Acro mode Expo factor for Roll and Pitch Comment: Exponential factor for tuning the input curve shape. 0 Purely linear input curve 1 Purely cubic input curve | 0 > 1 | 0.69 | |
MC_ACRO_EXPO_Y (FLOAT) | Acro mode Expo factor for Yaw Comment: Exponential factor for tuning the input curve shape. 0 Purely linear input curve 1 Purely cubic input curve | 0 > 1 | 0.69 | |
MC_ACRO_P_MAX (FLOAT) | Max acro pitch rate Comment: default: 2 turns per second | 0.0 > 1800.0 (5) | 720.0 | deg/s |
MC_ACRO_R_MAX (FLOAT) | Max acro roll rate Comment: default: 2 turns per second | 0.0 > 1800.0 (5) | 720.0 | deg/s |
MC_ACRO_SUPEXPO (FLOAT) | Acro mode SuperExpo factor for Roll and Pitch Comment: SuperExpo factor for refining the input curve shape tuned using MC_ACRO_EXPO. 0 Pure Expo function 0.7 resonable shape enhancement for intuitive stick feel 0.95 very strong bent input curve only near maxima have effect | 0 > 0.95 | 0.7 | |
MC_ACRO_SUPEXPOY (FLOAT) | Acro mode SuperExpo factor for Yaw Comment: SuperExpo factor for refining the input curve shape tuned using MC_ACRO_EXPO_Y. 0 Pure Expo function 0.7 resonable shape enhancement for intuitive stick feel 0.95 very strong bent input curve only near maxima have effect | 0 > 0.95 | 0.7 | |
MC_ACRO_Y_MAX (FLOAT) | Max acro yaw rate Comment: default 1.5 turns per second | 0.0 > 1800.0 (5) | 540.0 | deg/s |
MC_BAT_SCALE_EN (INT32) | Battery power level scaler Comment: This compensates for voltage drop of the battery over time by attempting to normalize performance across the operating range of the battery. The copter should constantly behave as if it was fully charged with reduced max acceleration at lower battery percentages. i.e. if hover is at 0.5 throttle at 100% battery, it will still be 0.5 at 60% battery. | Disabled (0) | ||
MC_PITCHRATE_D (FLOAT) | Pitch rate D gain Comment: Pitch rate differential gain. Small values help reduce fast oscillations. If value is too big oscillations will appear again. | 0.0 > ? (0.0005) | 0.003 | |
MC_PITCHRATE_FF (FLOAT) | Pitch rate feedforward Comment: Improves tracking performance. | 0.0 > ? | 0.0 | |
MC_PITCHRATE_I (FLOAT) | Pitch rate I gain Comment: Pitch rate integral gain. Can be set to compensate static thrust difference or gravity center offset. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 0.2 | |
MC_PITCHRATE_K (FLOAT) | Pitch rate controller gain Comment: Global gain of the controller. This gain scales the P, I and D terms of the controller: output = MC_PITCHRATE_K * (MC_PITCHRATE_P * error + MC_PITCHRATE_I * error_integral + MC_PITCHRATE_D * error_derivative) Set MC_PITCHRATE_P=1 to implement a PID in the ideal form. Set MC_PITCHRATE_K=1 to implement a PID in the parallel form. | 0.01 > 5.0 (0.0005) | 1.0 | |
MC_PITCHRATE_P (FLOAT) | Pitch rate P gain Comment: Pitch rate proportional gain, i.e. control output for angular speed error 1 rad/s. | 0.01 > 0.6 (0.01) | 0.15 | |
MC_PR_INT_LIM (FLOAT) | Pitch rate integrator limit Comment: Pitch rate integrator limit. Can be set to increase the amount of integrator available to counteract disturbances or reduced to improve settling time after large pitch moment trim changes. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 0.30 | |
MC_ROLLRATE_D (FLOAT) | Roll rate D gain Comment: Roll rate differential gain. Small values help reduce fast oscillations. If value is too big oscillations will appear again. | 0.0 > 0.01 (0.0005) | 0.003 | |
MC_ROLLRATE_FF (FLOAT) | Roll rate feedforward Comment: Improves tracking performance. | 0.0 > ? | 0.0 | |
MC_ROLLRATE_I (FLOAT) | Roll rate I gain Comment: Roll rate integral gain. Can be set to compensate static thrust difference or gravity center offset. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 0.2 | |
MC_ROLLRATE_K (FLOAT) | Roll rate controller gain Comment: Global gain of the controller. This gain scales the P, I and D terms of the controller: output = MC_ROLLRATE_K * (MC_ROLLRATE_P * error + MC_ROLLRATE_I * error_integral + MC_ROLLRATE_D * error_derivative) Set MC_ROLLRATE_P=1 to implement a PID in the ideal form. Set MC_ROLLRATE_K=1 to implement a PID in the parallel form. | 0.01 > 5.0 (0.0005) | 1.0 | |
MC_ROLLRATE_P (FLOAT) | Roll rate P gain Comment: Roll rate proportional gain, i.e. control output for angular speed error 1 rad/s. | 0.01 > 0.5 (0.01) | 0.15 | |
MC_RR_INT_LIM (FLOAT) | Roll rate integrator limit Comment: Roll rate integrator limit. Can be set to increase the amount of integrator available to counteract disturbances or reduced to improve settling time after large roll moment trim changes. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 0.30 | |
MC_YAWRATE_D (FLOAT) | Yaw rate D gain Comment: Yaw rate differential gain. Small values help reduce fast oscillations. If value is too big oscillations will appear again. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 0.0 | |
MC_YAWRATE_FF (FLOAT) | Yaw rate feedforward Comment: Improves tracking performance. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 0.0 | |
MC_YAWRATE_I (FLOAT) | Yaw rate I gain Comment: Yaw rate integral gain. Can be set to compensate static thrust difference or gravity center offset. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 0.1 | |
MC_YAWRATE_K (FLOAT) | Yaw rate controller gain Comment: Global gain of the controller. This gain scales the P, I and D terms of the controller: output = MC_YAWRATE_K * (MC_YAWRATE_P * error + MC_YAWRATE_I * error_integral + MC_YAWRATE_D * error_derivative) Set MC_YAWRATE_P=1 to implement a PID in the ideal form. Set MC_YAWRATE_K=1 to implement a PID in the parallel form. | 0.0 > 5.0 (0.0005) | 1.0 | |
MC_YAWRATE_P (FLOAT) | Yaw rate P gain Comment: Yaw rate proportional gain, i.e. control output for angular speed error 1 rad/s. | 0.0 > 0.6 (0.01) | 0.2 | |
MC_YR_INT_LIM (FLOAT) | Yaw rate integrator limit Comment: Yaw rate integrator limit. Can be set to increase the amount of integrator available to counteract disturbances or reduced to improve settling time after large yaw moment trim changes. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 0.30 |
# OSD
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
OSD_ATXXXX_CFG (INT32) | Enable/Disable the ATXXX OSD Chip Comment: Configure the ATXXXX OSD Chip (mounted on the OmnibusF4SD board) and select the transmission standard. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 |
# PWM Outputs
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
MOT_SLEW_MAX (FLOAT) | Minimum motor rise time (slew rate limit) Comment: Minimum time allowed for the motor input signal to pass through a range of 1000 PWM units. A value x means that the motor signal can only go from 1000 to 2000 PWM in maximum x seconds. Zero means that slew rate limiting is disabled. | 0.0 > ? | 0.0 | s/(1000*PWM) |
PWM_AUX_DIS1 (INT32) | PWM aux 1 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_DIS2 (INT32) | PWM aux 2 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_DIS3 (INT32) | PWM aux 3 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_DIS4 (INT32) | PWM aux 4 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_DIS5 (INT32) | PWM aux 5 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_DIS6 (INT32) | PWM aux 6 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_DIS7 (INT32) | PWM aux 7 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_DIS8 (INT32) | PWM aux 8 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_DISARM (INT32) | PWM aux disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. The main use of this parameter is to silence ESCs when they are disarmed. | 0 > 2200 | 1500 | us |
PWM_AUX_FAIL1 (INT32) | PWM aux 1 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_FAIL2 (INT32) | PWM aux 2 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_FAIL3 (INT32) | PWM aux 3 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_FAIL4 (INT32) | PWM aux 4 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_FAIL5 (INT32) | PWM aux 5 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_FAIL6 (INT32) | PWM aux 6 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_FAIL7 (INT32) | PWM aux 7 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_FAIL8 (INT32) | PWM aux 8 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_MAX (INT32) | PWM aux maximum value Comment: Set to 2000 for industry default or 2100 to increase servo travel. | 1600 > 2200 | 2000 | us |
PWM_AUX_MAX1 (INT32) | PWM aux 1 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_MAX2 (INT32) | PWM aux 2 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_MAX3 (INT32) | PWM aux 3 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_MAX4 (INT32) | PWM aux 4 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_MAX5 (INT32) | PWM aux 5 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_MAX6 (INT32) | PWM aux 6 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_MAX7 (INT32) | PWM aux 7 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_MAX8 (INT32) | PWM aux 8 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_MIN (INT32) | PWM aux minimum value Comment: Set to 1000 for industry default or 900 to increase servo travel. | 800 > 1400 | 1000 | us |
PWM_AUX_MIN1 (INT32) | PWM aux 1 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_MIN2 (INT32) | PWM aux 2 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_MIN3 (INT32) | PWM aux 3 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_MIN4 (INT32) | PWM aux 4 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_MIN5 (INT32) | PWM aux 5 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_MIN6 (INT32) | PWM aux 6 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_MIN7 (INT32) | PWM aux 7 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_MIN8 (INT32) | PWM aux 8 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_AUX_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_AUX_OUT (INT32) | PWM channels used as ESC outputs Comment: Number representing the channels e.g. 134 - Channel 1, 3 and 4. Global e.g. PWM_AUX_MIN/MAX/DISARM limits only apply to these channels. | 0 > 123456789 | 0 | |
PWM_AUX_RATE (INT32) | PWM aux output frequency Comment: Set to 400 for industry default or 1000 for high frequency ESCs. Set to 0 for Oneshot125. | -1 > 2000 | 50 | Hz |
PWM_AUX_RATE1 (INT32) | PWM aux 1 rate Comment: Set the default PWM output frequency for the aux outputs | 0 > 400 | 50 | Hz |
PWM_AUX_REV1 (INT32) | PWM aux 1 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_AUX_REV2 (INT32) | PWM aux 2 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_AUX_REV3 (INT32) | PWM aux 3 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_AUX_REV4 (INT32) | PWM aux 4 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_AUX_REV5 (INT32) | PWM aux 5 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_AUX_REV6 (INT32) | PWM aux 6 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_AUX_REV7 (INT32) | PWM aux 7 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_AUX_REV8 (INT32) | PWM aux 8 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_AUX_TRIM1 (FLOAT) | PWM aux 1 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_AUX_TRIM2 (FLOAT) | PWM aux 2 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_AUX_TRIM3 (FLOAT) | PWM aux 3 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_AUX_TRIM4 (FLOAT) | PWM aux 4 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_AUX_TRIM5 (FLOAT) | PWM aux 5 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_AUX_TRIM6 (FLOAT) | PWM aux 6 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_AUX_TRIM7 (FLOAT) | PWM aux 7 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_AUX_TRIM8 (FLOAT) | PWM aux 8 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_EXTRA_DIS1 (INT32) | PWM extra 1 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_DIS2 (INT32) | PWM extra 2 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_DIS3 (INT32) | PWM extra 3 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_DIS4 (INT32) | PWM extra 4 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_DIS5 (INT32) | PWM extra 5 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_DIS6 (INT32) | PWM extra 6 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_DIS7 (INT32) | PWM extra 7 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_DIS8 (INT32) | PWM extra 8 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_DISARM (INT32) | PWM extra disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. The main use of this parameter is to silence ESCs when they are disarmed. | 0 > 2200 | 1500 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_FAIL1 (INT32) | PWM extra 1 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | 0 > 2150 | 0 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_FAIL2 (INT32) | PWM extra 2 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | 0 > 2150 | 0 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_FAIL3 (INT32) | PWM extra 3 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | 0 > 2150 | 0 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_FAIL4 (INT32) | PWM extra 4 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | 0 > 2150 | 0 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_FAIL5 (INT32) | PWM extra 5 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | 0 > 2150 | 0 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_FAIL6 (INT32) | PWM extra 6 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | 0 > 2150 | 0 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_FAIL7 (INT32) | PWM extra 7 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | 0 > 2150 | 0 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_FAIL8 (INT32) | PWM extra 8 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | 0 > 2150 | 0 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_MAX (INT32) | PWM extra maximum value Comment: Set to 2000 for industry default or 2100 to increase servo travel. | 1600 > 2200 | 2000 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_MAX1 (INT32) | PWM extra 1 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_MAX2 (INT32) | PWM extra 2 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_MAX3 (INT32) | PWM extra 3 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_MAX4 (INT32) | PWM extra 4 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_MAX5 (INT32) | PWM extra 5 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_MAX6 (INT32) | PWM extra 6 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_MAX7 (INT32) | PWM extra 7 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_MAX8 (INT32) | PWM extra 8 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_MIN (INT32) | PWM extra minimum value Comment: Set to 1000 for industry default or 900 to increase servo travel. | 800 > 1400 | 1000 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_MIN1 (INT32) | PWM extra 1 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_MIN2 (INT32) | PWM extra 2 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_MIN3 (INT32) | PWM extra 3 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_MIN4 (INT32) | PWM extra 4 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_MIN5 (INT32) | PWM extra 5 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_MIN6 (INT32) | PWM extra 6 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_MIN7 (INT32) | PWM extra 7 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_MIN8 (INT32) | PWM extra 8 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_EXTRA_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_EXTRA_RATE (INT32) | PWM extra output frequency Comment: Set to 400 for industry default or 1000 for high frequency ESCs. Set to 0 for Oneshot125. | -1 > 2000 | 50 | Hz |
PWM_EXTRA_RATE1 (INT32) | PWM extra 1 rate Comment: Set the default PWM output frequency for the main outputs | 0 > 400 | 50 | Hz |
PWM_EXTRA_REV1 (INT32) | PWM extra 1 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_EXTRA_REV2 (INT32) | PWM extra 2 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_EXTRA_REV3 (INT32) | PWM extra 3 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_EXTRA_REV4 (INT32) | PWM extra 4 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_EXTRA_REV5 (INT32) | PWM extra 5 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_EXTRA_REV6 (INT32) | PWM extra 6 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_EXTRA_REV7 (INT32) | PWM extra 7 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_EXTRA_REV8 (INT32) | PWM extra 8 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_EXTRA_TRIM1 (FLOAT) | PWM extra 1 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_EXTRA_TRIM2 (FLOAT) | PWM extra 2 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_EXTRA_TRIM3 (FLOAT) | PWM extra 3 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_EXTRA_TRIM4 (FLOAT) | PWM extra 4 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_EXTRA_TRIM5 (FLOAT) | PWM extra 5 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_EXTRA_TRIM6 (FLOAT) | PWM extra 6 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_EXTRA_TRIM7 (FLOAT) | PWM extra 7 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_EXTRA_TRIM8 (FLOAT) | PWM extra 8 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_MAIN_DIS1 (INT32) | PWM main 1 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_DIS10 (INT32) | PWM main 10 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_DIS11 (INT32) | PWM main 11 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_DIS12 (INT32) | PWM main 12 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_DIS13 (INT32) | PWM main 13 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_DIS14 (INT32) | PWM main 14 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_DIS2 (INT32) | PWM main 2 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_DIS3 (INT32) | PWM main 3 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_DIS4 (INT32) | PWM main 4 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_DIS5 (INT32) | PWM main 5 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_DIS6 (INT32) | PWM main 6 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_DIS7 (INT32) | PWM main 7 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_DIS8 (INT32) | PWM main 8 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_DIS9 (INT32) | PWM main 9 disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_DISARM will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_DISARM (INT32) | PWM main disarmed value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if not armed. The main use of this parameter is to silence ESCs when they are disarmed. | 0 > 2200 | 900 | us |
PWM_MAIN_FAIL1 (INT32) | PWM main 1 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_FAIL10 (INT32) | PWM main 10 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_FAIL11 (INT32) | PWM main 11 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_FAIL12 (INT32) | PWM main 12 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_FAIL13 (INT32) | PWM main 13 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_FAIL14 (INT32) | PWM main 14 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_FAIL2 (INT32) | PWM main 2 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_FAIL3 (INT32) | PWM main 3 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_FAIL4 (INT32) | PWM main 4 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_FAIL5 (INT32) | PWM main 5 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_FAIL6 (INT32) | PWM main 6 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_FAIL7 (INT32) | PWM main 7 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_FAIL8 (INT32) | PWM main 8 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_FAIL9 (INT32) | PWM main 9 failsafe value Comment: This is the PWM pulse the autopilot is outputting if in failsafe mode. When set to -1 the value is set automatically depending if the actuator is a motor (900us) or a servo (1500us) | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MAX (INT32) | PWM main maximum value Comment: Set to 2000 for industry default or 2100 to increase servo travel. | 1600 > 2200 | 2000 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MAX1 (INT32) | PWM main 1 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MAX10 (INT32) | PWM main 10 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MAX11 (INT32) | PWM main 11 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MAX12 (INT32) | PWM main 12 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MAX13 (INT32) | PWM main 13 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MAX14 (INT32) | PWM main 14 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MAX2 (INT32) | PWM main 2 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MAX3 (INT32) | PWM main 3 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MAX4 (INT32) | PWM main 4 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MAX5 (INT32) | PWM main 5 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MAX6 (INT32) | PWM main 6 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MAX7 (INT32) | PWM main 7 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MAX8 (INT32) | PWM main 8 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MAX9 (INT32) | PWM main 9 maximum value Comment: This is the maximum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MAX will be used | -1 > 2150 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MIN (INT32) | PWM main minimum value Comment: Set to 1000 for industry default or 900 to increase servo travel. | 800 > 1400 | 1000 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MIN1 (INT32) | PWM main 1 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MIN10 (INT32) | PWM main 10 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MIN11 (INT32) | PWM main 11 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MIN12 (INT32) | PWM main 12 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MIN13 (INT32) | PWM main 13 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MIN14 (INT32) | PWM main 14 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MIN2 (INT32) | PWM main 2 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MIN3 (INT32) | PWM main 3 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MIN4 (INT32) | PWM main 4 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MIN5 (INT32) | PWM main 5 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MIN6 (INT32) | PWM main 6 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MIN7 (INT32) | PWM main 7 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MIN8 (INT32) | PWM main 8 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_MIN9 (INT32) | PWM main 9 minimum value Comment: This is the minimum PWM pulse the autopilot is allowed to output. When set to -1 the value for PWM_MAIN_MIN will be used | -1 > 1600 | -1 | us |
PWM_MAIN_OUT (INT32) | PWM channels used as ESC outputs Comment: Number representing the channels e.g. 134 - Channel 1, 3 and 4. Global e.g. PWM_MAIN_MIN/MAX/DISARM limits only apply to these channels. | 0 > 123456789 | 0 | |
PWM_MAIN_RATE (INT32) | PWM main output frequency Comment: Set to 400 for industry default or 1000 for high frequency ESCs. Set to 0 for Oneshot125. | -1 > 2000 | 400 | Hz |
PWM_MAIN_RATE1 (INT32) | PWM main 1 rate Comment: Set the default PWM output frequency for the main outputs | 0 > 400 | 50 | Hz |
PWM_MAIN_REV1 (INT32) | PWM main 1 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_MAIN_REV10 (INT32) | PWM main 10 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_MAIN_REV11 (INT32) | PWM main 11 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_MAIN_REV12 (INT32) | PWM main 12 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_MAIN_REV13 (INT32) | PWM main 13 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_MAIN_REV14 (INT32) | PWM main 14 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_MAIN_REV2 (INT32) | PWM main 2 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_MAIN_REV3 (INT32) | PWM main 3 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_MAIN_REV4 (INT32) | PWM main 4 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_MAIN_REV5 (INT32) | PWM main 5 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_MAIN_REV6 (INT32) | PWM main 6 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_MAIN_REV7 (INT32) | PWM main 7 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_MAIN_REV8 (INT32) | PWM main 8 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_MAIN_REV9 (INT32) | PWM main 9 reverse value Comment: Enable to invert the channel. Warning: Use this parameter when connected to a servo only. For a brushless motor, invert manually two phases to reverse the direction. | Disabled (0) | ||
PWM_MAIN_TRIM1 (FLOAT) | PWM main 1 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_MAIN_TRIM10 (FLOAT) | PWM main 10 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_MAIN_TRIM11 (FLOAT) | PWM main 11 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_MAIN_TRIM12 (FLOAT) | PWM main 12 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_MAIN_TRIM13 (FLOAT) | PWM main 13 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_MAIN_TRIM14 (FLOAT) | PWM main 14 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_MAIN_TRIM2 (FLOAT) | PWM main 2 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_MAIN_TRIM3 (FLOAT) | PWM main 3 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_MAIN_TRIM4 (FLOAT) | PWM main 4 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_MAIN_TRIM5 (FLOAT) | PWM main 5 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_MAIN_TRIM6 (FLOAT) | PWM main 6 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_MAIN_TRIM7 (FLOAT) | PWM main 7 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_MAIN_TRIM8 (FLOAT) | PWM main 8 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_MAIN_TRIM9 (FLOAT) | PWM main 9 trim value Comment: Set to normalized offset | -0.2 > 0.2 | 0 | |
PWM_SBUS_MODE (INT32) | S.BUS out Comment: Set to 1 to enable S.BUS version 1 output instead of RSSI. | Disabled (0) | ||
THR_MDL_FAC (FLOAT) | Thrust to motor control signal model parameter Comment: Parameter used to model the nonlinear relationship between motor control signal (e.g. PWM) and static thrust. The model is: rel_thrust = factor * rel_signal^2 + (1-factor) * rel_signal, where rel_thrust is the normalized thrust between 0 and 1, and rel_signal is the relative motor control signal between 0 and 1. | 0.0 > 1.0 | 0.0 |
# Precision Land
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
PLD_BTOUT (FLOAT) | Landing Target Timeout Comment: Time after which the landing target is considered lost without any new measurements. | 0.0 > 50 (0.5) | 5.0 | s |
PLD_FAPPR_ALT (FLOAT) | Final approach altitude Comment: Allow final approach (without horizontal positioning) if losing landing target closer than this to the ground. | 0.0 > 10 (0.1) | 0.1 | m |
PLD_HACC_RAD (FLOAT) | Horizontal acceptance radius Comment: Start descending if closer above landing target than this. | 0.0 > 10 (0.1) | 0.2 | m |
PLD_MAX_SRCH (INT32) | Maximum number of search attempts Comment: Maximum number of times to seach for the landing target if it is lost during the precision landing. | 0 > 100 | 3 | |
PLD_SRCH_ALT (FLOAT) | Search altitude Comment: Altitude above home to which to climb when searching for the landing target. | 0.0 > 100 (0.1) | 10.0 | m |
PLD_SRCH_TOUT (FLOAT) | Search timeout Comment: Time allowed to search for the landing target before falling back to normal landing. | 0.0 > 100 (0.1) | 10.0 | s |
# RTPS
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
RTPS_CONFIG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for FastRTPS Comment: Configure on which serial port to run FastRTPS. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
RTPS_MAV_CONFIG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for MAVLink + FastRTPS Comment: Configure on which serial port to run MAVLink + FastRTPS. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 |
# Radio Calibration
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
RC10_DZ (FLOAT) | RC channel 10 dead zone Comment: The +- range of this value around the trim value will be considered as zero. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 0.0 | |
RC10_MAX (FLOAT) | RC channel 10 maximum Comment: Maximum value for this channel. | 1500.0 > 2200.0 | 2000 | us |
RC10_MIN (FLOAT) | RC channel 10 minimum Comment: Minimum value for this channel. | 800.0 > 1500.0 | 1000 | us |
RC10_REV (FLOAT) | RC channel 10 reverse Comment: Set to -1 to reverse channel. Values:
| -1.0 > 1.0 | 1.0 | |
RC10_TRIM (FLOAT) | RC channel 10 trim Comment: Mid point value (has to be set to the same as min for throttle channel). | 800.0 > 2200.0 | 1500 | us |
RC11_DZ (FLOAT) | RC channel 11 dead zone Comment: The +- range of this value around the trim value will be considered as zero. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 0.0 | |
RC11_MAX (FLOAT) | RC channel 11 maximum Comment: Maximum value for this channel. | 1500.0 > 2200.0 | 2000 | us |
RC11_MIN (FLOAT) | RC channel 11 minimum Comment: Minimum value for this channel. | 800.0 > 1500.0 | 1000 | us |
RC11_REV (FLOAT) | RC channel 11 reverse Comment: Set to -1 to reverse channel. Values:
| -1.0 > 1.0 | 1.0 | |
RC11_TRIM (FLOAT) | RC channel 11 trim Comment: Mid point value (has to be set to the same as min for throttle channel). | 800.0 > 2200.0 | 1500 | us |
RC12_DZ (FLOAT) | RC channel 12 dead zone Comment: The +- range of this value around the trim value will be considered as zero. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 0.0 | |
RC12_MAX (FLOAT) | RC channel 12 maximum Comment: Maximum value for this channel. | 1500.0 > 2200.0 | 2000 | us |
RC12_MIN (FLOAT) | RC channel 12 minimum Comment: Minimum value for this channel. | 800.0 > 1500.0 | 1000 | us |
RC12_REV (FLOAT) | RC channel 12 reverse Comment: Set to -1 to reverse channel. Values:
| -1.0 > 1.0 | 1.0 | |
RC12_TRIM (FLOAT) | RC channel 12 trim Comment: Mid point value (has to be set to the same as min for throttle channel). | 800.0 > 2200.0 | 1500 | us |
RC13_DZ (FLOAT) | RC channel 13 dead zone Comment: The +- range of this value around the trim value will be considered as zero. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 0.0 | |
RC13_MAX (FLOAT) | RC channel 13 maximum Comment: Maximum value for this channel. | 1500.0 > 2200.0 | 2000 | us |
RC13_MIN (FLOAT) | RC channel 13 minimum Comment: Minimum value for this channel. | 800.0 > 1500.0 | 1000 | us |
RC13_REV (FLOAT) | RC channel 13 reverse Comment: Set to -1 to reverse channel. Values:
| -1.0 > 1.0 | 1.0 | |
RC13_TRIM (FLOAT) | RC channel 13 trim Comment: Mid point value (has to be set to the same as min for throttle channel). | 800.0 > 2200.0 | 1500 | us |
RC14_DZ (FLOAT) | RC channel 14 dead zone Comment: The +- range of this value around the trim value will be considered as zero. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 0.0 | |
RC14_MAX (FLOAT) | RC channel 14 maximum Comment: Maximum value for this channel. | 1500.0 > 2200.0 | 2000 | us |
RC14_MIN (FLOAT) | RC channel 14 minimum Comment: Minimum value for this channel. | 800.0 > 1500.0 | 1000 | us |
RC14_REV (FLOAT) | RC channel 14 reverse Comment: Set to -1 to reverse channel. Values:
| -1.0 > 1.0 | 1.0 | |
RC14_TRIM (FLOAT) | RC channel 14 trim Comment: Mid point value (has to be set to the same as min for throttle channel). | 800.0 > 2200.0 | 1500 | us |
RC15_DZ (FLOAT) | RC channel 15 dead zone Comment: The +- range of this value around the trim value will be considered as zero. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 0.0 | |
RC15_MAX (FLOAT) | RC channel 15 maximum Comment: Maximum value for this channel. | 1500.0 > 2200.0 | 2000 | us |
RC15_MIN (FLOAT) | RC channel 15 minimum Comment: Minimum value for this channel. | 800.0 > 1500.0 | 1000 | us |
RC15_REV (FLOAT) | RC channel 15 reverse Comment: Set to -1 to reverse channel. Values:
| -1.0 > 1.0 | 1.0 | |
RC15_TRIM (FLOAT) | RC channel 15 trim Comment: Mid point value (has to be set to the same as min for throttle channel). | 800.0 > 2200.0 | 1500 | us |
RC16_DZ (FLOAT) | RC channel 16 dead zone Comment: The +- range of this value around the trim value will be considered as zero. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 0.0 | |
RC16_MAX (FLOAT) | RC channel 16 maximum Comment: Maximum value for this channel. | 1500.0 > 2200.0 | 2000 | us |
RC16_MIN (FLOAT) | RC channel 16 minimum Comment: Minimum value for this channel. | 800.0 > 1500.0 | 1000 | us |
RC16_REV (FLOAT) | RC channel 16 reverse Comment: Set to -1 to reverse channel. Values:
| -1.0 > 1.0 | 1.0 | |
RC16_TRIM (FLOAT) | RC channel 16 trim Comment: Mid point value (has to be set to the same as min for throttle channel). | 800.0 > 2200.0 | 1500 | us |
RC17_DZ (FLOAT) | RC channel 17 dead zone Comment: The +- range of this value around the trim value will be considered as zero. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 0.0 | |
RC17_MAX (FLOAT) | RC channel 17 maximum Comment: Maximum value for this channel. | 1500.0 > 2200.0 | 2000 | us |
RC17_MIN (FLOAT) | RC channel 17 minimum Comment: Minimum value for this channel. | 800.0 > 1500.0 | 1000 | us |
RC17_REV (FLOAT) | RC channel 17 reverse Comment: Set to -1 to reverse channel. Values:
| -1.0 > 1.0 | 1.0 | |
RC17_TRIM (FLOAT) | RC channel 17 trim Comment: Mid point value (has to be set to the same as min for throttle channel). | 800.0 > 2200.0 | 1500 | us |
RC18_DZ (FLOAT) | RC channel 18 dead zone Comment: The +- range of this value around the trim value will be considered as zero. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 0.0 | |
RC18_MAX (FLOAT) | RC channel 18 maximum Comment: Maximum value for this channel. | 1500.0 > 2200.0 | 2000 | us |
RC18_MIN (FLOAT) | RC channel 18 minimum Comment: Minimum value for this channel. | 800.0 > 1500.0 | 1000 | us |
RC18_REV (FLOAT) | RC channel 18 reverse Comment: Set to -1 to reverse channel. Values:
| -1.0 > 1.0 | 1.0 | |
RC18_TRIM (FLOAT) | RC channel 18 trim Comment: Mid point value (has to be set to the same as min for throttle channel). | 800.0 > 2200.0 | 1500 | us |
RC1_DZ (FLOAT) | RC channel 1 dead zone Comment: The +- range of this value around the trim value will be considered as zero. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 10.0 | us |
RC1_MAX (FLOAT) | RC channel 1 maximum Comment: Maximum value for RC channel 1 | 1500.0 > 2200.0 | 2000.0 | us |
RC1_MIN (FLOAT) | RC channel 1 minimum Comment: Minimum value for RC channel 1 | 800.0 > 1500.0 | 1000.0 | us |
RC1_REV (FLOAT) | RC channel 1 reverse Comment: Set to -1 to reverse channel. Values:
| -1.0 > 1.0 | 1.0 | |
RC1_TRIM (FLOAT) | RC channel 1 trim Comment: Mid point value (same as min for throttle) | 800.0 > 2200.0 | 1500.0 | us |
RC2_DZ (FLOAT) | RC channel 2 dead zone Comment: The +- range of this value around the trim value will be considered as zero. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 10.0 | us |
RC2_MAX (FLOAT) | RC channel 2 maximum Comment: Maximum value for this channel. | 1500.0 > 2200.0 | 2000.0 | us |
RC2_MIN (FLOAT) | RC channel 2 minimum Comment: Minimum value for this channel. | 800.0 > 1500.0 | 1000.0 | us |
RC2_REV (FLOAT) | RC channel 2 reverse Comment: Set to -1 to reverse channel. Values:
| -1.0 > 1.0 | 1.0 | |
RC2_TRIM (FLOAT) | RC channel 2 trim Comment: Mid point value (has to be set to the same as min for throttle channel). | 800.0 > 2200.0 | 1500.0 | us |
RC3_DZ (FLOAT) | RC channel 3 dead zone Comment: The +- range of this value around the trim value will be considered as zero. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 10.0 | us |
RC3_MAX (FLOAT) | RC channel 3 maximum Comment: Maximum value for this channel. | 1500.0 > 2200.0 | 2000 | us |
RC3_MIN (FLOAT) | RC channel 3 minimum Comment: Minimum value for this channel. | 800.0 > 1500.0 | 1000 | us |
RC3_REV (FLOAT) | RC channel 3 reverse Comment: Set to -1 to reverse channel. Values:
| -1.0 > 1.0 | 1.0 | |
RC3_TRIM (FLOAT) | RC channel 3 trim Comment: Mid point value (has to be set to the same as min for throttle channel). | 800.0 > 2200.0 | 1500 | us |
RC4_DZ (FLOAT) | RC channel 4 dead zone Comment: The +- range of this value around the trim value will be considered as zero. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 10.0 | us |
RC4_MAX (FLOAT) | RC channel 4 maximum Comment: Maximum value for this channel. | 1500.0 > 2200.0 | 2000 | us |
RC4_MIN (FLOAT) | RC channel 4 minimum Comment: Minimum value for this channel. | 800.0 > 1500.0 | 1000 | us |
RC4_REV (FLOAT) | RC channel 4 reverse Comment: Set to -1 to reverse channel. Values:
| -1.0 > 1.0 | 1.0 | |
RC4_TRIM (FLOAT) | RC channel 4 trim Comment: Mid point value (has to be set to the same as min for throttle channel). | 800.0 > 2200.0 | 1500 | us |
RC5_DZ (FLOAT) | RC channel 5 dead zone Comment: The +- range of this value around the trim value will be considered as zero. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 10.0 | |
RC5_MAX (FLOAT) | RC channel 5 maximum Comment: Maximum value for this channel. | 1500.0 > 2200.0 | 2000 | us |
RC5_MIN (FLOAT) | RC channel 5 minimum Comment: Minimum value for this channel. | 800.0 > 1500.0 | 1000 | us |
RC5_REV (FLOAT) | RC channel 5 reverse Comment: Set to -1 to reverse channel. Values:
| -1.0 > 1.0 | 1.0 | |
RC5_TRIM (FLOAT) | RC channel 5 trim Comment: Mid point value (has to be set to the same as min for throttle channel). | 800.0 > 2200.0 | 1500 | us |
RC6_DZ (FLOAT) | RC channel 6 dead zone Comment: The +- range of this value around the trim value will be considered as zero. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 10.0 | |
RC6_MAX (FLOAT) | RC channel 6 maximum Comment: Maximum value for this channel. | 1500.0 > 2200.0 | 2000 | us |
RC6_MIN (FLOAT) | RC channel 6 minimum Comment: Minimum value for this channel. | 800.0 > 1500.0 | 1000 | us |
RC6_REV (FLOAT) | RC channel 6 reverse Comment: Set to -1 to reverse channel. Values:
| -1.0 > 1.0 | 1.0 | |
RC6_TRIM (FLOAT) | RC channel 6 trim Comment: Mid point value (has to be set to the same as min for throttle channel). | 800.0 > 2200.0 | 1500 | us |
RC7_DZ (FLOAT) | RC channel 7 dead zone Comment: The +- range of this value around the trim value will be considered as zero. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 10.0 | |
RC7_MAX (FLOAT) | RC channel 7 maximum Comment: Maximum value for this channel. | 1500.0 > 2200.0 | 2000 | us |
RC7_MIN (FLOAT) | RC channel 7 minimum Comment: Minimum value for this channel. | 800.0 > 1500.0 | 1000 | us |
RC7_REV (FLOAT) | RC channel 7 reverse Comment: Set to -1 to reverse channel. Values:
| -1.0 > 1.0 | 1.0 | |
RC7_TRIM (FLOAT) | RC channel 7 trim Comment: Mid point value (has to be set to the same as min for throttle channel). | 800.0 > 2200.0 | 1500 | us |
RC8_DZ (FLOAT) | RC channel 8 dead zone Comment: The +- range of this value around the trim value will be considered as zero. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 10.0 | |
RC8_MAX (FLOAT) | RC channel 8 maximum Comment: Maximum value for this channel. | 1500.0 > 2200.0 | 2000 | us |
RC8_MIN (FLOAT) | RC channel 8 minimum Comment: Minimum value for this channel. | 800.0 > 1500.0 | 1000 | us |
RC8_REV (FLOAT) | RC channel 8 reverse Comment: Set to -1 to reverse channel. Values:
| -1.0 > 1.0 | 1.0 | |
RC8_TRIM (FLOAT) | RC channel 8 trim Comment: Mid point value (has to be set to the same as min for throttle channel). | 800.0 > 2200.0 | 1500 | us |
RC9_DZ (FLOAT) | RC channel 9 dead zone Comment: The +- range of this value around the trim value will be considered as zero. | 0.0 > 100.0 | 0.0 | |
RC9_MAX (FLOAT) | RC channel 9 maximum Comment: Maximum value for this channel. | 1500.0 > 2200.0 | 2000 | us |
RC9_MIN (FLOAT) | RC channel 9 minimum Comment: Minimum value for this channel. | 800.0 > 1500.0 | 1000 | us |
RC9_REV (FLOAT) | RC channel 9 reverse Comment: Set to -1 to reverse channel. Values:
| -1.0 > 1.0 | 1.0 | |
RC9_TRIM (FLOAT) | RC channel 9 trim Comment: Mid point value (has to be set to the same as min for throttle channel). | 800.0 > 2200.0 | 1500 | us |
RC_CHAN_CNT (INT32) | RC channel count Comment: This parameter is used by Ground Station software to save the number of channels which were used during RC calibration. It is only meant for ground station use. | 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_FAILS_THR (INT32) | Failsafe channel PWM threshold Comment: Set to a value slightly above the PWM value assumed by throttle in a failsafe event, but ensure it is below the PWM value assumed by throttle during normal operation. Use RC_MAP_FAILSAFE to specify which channel is used to check. Note: The default value of 0 is below the epxed range and hence disables the feature. | 0 > 2200 | 0 | us |
RC_MAP_AUX1 (INT32) | AUX1 Passthrough RC channel Comment: Default function: Camera pitch Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_AUX2 (INT32) | AUX2 Passthrough RC channel Comment: Default function: Camera roll Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_AUX3 (INT32) | AUX3 Passthrough RC channel Comment: Default function: Camera azimuth / yaw Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_AUX4 (INT32) | AUX4 Passthrough RC channel Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_AUX5 (INT32) | AUX5 Passthrough RC channel Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_AUX6 (INT32) | AUX6 Passthrough RC channel Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_FAILSAFE (INT32) | Failsafe channel mapping Comment: Configures which channel is used by the receiver to indicate the signal was lost. Futaba receivers do report that way. If 0, whichever channel is mapped to throttle is used otherwise the value indicates the specific RC channel to use Use RC_FAILS_THR to set the threshold indicating lost signal. By default it's below the expected range and hence diabled. Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_PARAM1 (INT32) | PARAM1 tuning channel Comment: Can be used for parameter tuning with the RC. This one is further referenced as the 1st parameter channel. Set to 0 to deactivate * Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_PARAM2 (INT32) | PARAM2 tuning channel Comment: Can be used for parameter tuning with the RC. This one is further referenced as the 2nd parameter channel. Set to 0 to deactivate * Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_PARAM3 (INT32) | PARAM3 tuning channel Comment: Can be used for parameter tuning with the RC. This one is further referenced as the 3th parameter channel. Set to 0 to deactivate * Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_PITCH (INT32) | Pitch control channel mapping Comment: The channel index (starting from 1 for channel 1) indicates which channel should be used for reading pitch inputs from. A value of zero indicates the switch is not assigned. Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_ROLL (INT32) | Roll control channel mapping Comment: The channel index (starting from 1 for channel 1) indicates which channel should be used for reading roll inputs from. A value of zero indicates the switch is not assigned. Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_THROTTLE (INT32) | Throttle control channel mapping Comment: The channel index (starting from 1 for channel 1) indicates which channel should be used for reading throttle inputs from. A value of zero indicates the switch is not assigned. Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_YAW (INT32) | Yaw control channel mapping Comment: The channel index (starting from 1 for channel 1) indicates which channel should be used for reading yaw inputs from. A value of zero indicates the switch is not assigned. Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_RSSI_PWM_CHAN (INT32) | PWM input channel that provides RSSI Comment: 0: do not read RSSI from input channel 1-18: read RSSI from specified input channel Specify the range for RSSI input with RC_RSSI_PWM_MIN and RC_RSSI_PWM_MAX parameters. Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_RSSI_PWM_MAX (INT32) | Max input value for RSSI reading Comment: Only used if RC_RSSI_PWM_CHAN > 0 | 0 > 2000 | 2000 | |
RC_RSSI_PWM_MIN (INT32) | Min input value for RSSI reading Comment: Only used if RC_RSSI_PWM_CHAN > 0 | 0 > 2000 | 1000 | |
TRIM_PITCH (FLOAT) | Pitch trim Comment: The trim value is the actuator control value the system needs for straight and level flight. It can be calibrated by flying manually straight and level using the RC trims and copying them using the GCS. | -0.25 > 0.25 (0.01) | 0.0 | |
TRIM_ROLL (FLOAT) | Roll trim Comment: The trim value is the actuator control value the system needs for straight and level flight. It can be calibrated by flying manually straight and level using the RC trims and copying them using the GCS. | -0.25 > 0.25 (0.01) | 0.0 | |
TRIM_YAW (FLOAT) | Yaw trim Comment: The trim value is the actuator control value the system needs for straight and level flight. It can be calibrated by flying manually straight and level using the RC trims and copying them using the GCS. | -0.25 > 0.25 (0.01) | 0.0 |
# Radio Switches
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
RC_ACRO_TH (FLOAT) | Threshold for selecting acro mode Comment: 0-1 indicate where in the full channel range the threshold sits 0 : min 1 : max sign indicates polarity of comparison positive : true when channel>th negative : true when channel | -1 > 1 | 0.75 | |
RC_ARMSWITCH_TH (FLOAT) | Threshold for the arm switch Comment: 0-1 indicate where in the full channel range the threshold sits 0 : min 1 : max sign indicates polarity of comparison positive : true when channel>th negative : true when channel | -1 > 1 | 0.75 | |
RC_ASSIST_TH (FLOAT) | Threshold for selecting assist mode Comment: 0-1 indicate where in the full channel range the threshold sits 0 : min 1 : max sign indicates polarity of comparison positive : true when channel>th negative : true when channel | -1 > 1 | 0.25 | |
RC_AUTO_TH (FLOAT) | Threshold for selecting auto mode Comment: 0-1 indicate where in the full channel range the threshold sits 0 : min 1 : max sign indicates polarity of comparison positive : true when channel>th negative : true when channel | -1 > 1 | 0.75 | |
RC_GEAR_TH (FLOAT) | Threshold for the landing gear switch Comment: 0-1 indicate where in the full channel range the threshold sits 0 : min 1 : max sign indicates polarity of comparison positive : true when channel>th negative : true when channel | -1 > 1 | 0.75 | |
RC_KILLSWITCH_TH (FLOAT) | Threshold for the kill switch Comment: 0-1 indicate where in the full channel range the threshold sits 0 : min 1 : max sign indicates polarity of comparison positive : true when channel>th negative : true when channel | -1 > 1 | 0.75 | |
RC_LOITER_TH (FLOAT) | Threshold for selecting loiter mode Comment: 0-1 indicate where in the full channel range the threshold sits 0 : min 1 : max sign indicates polarity of comparison positive : true when channel>th negative : true when channel | -1 > 1 | 0.75 | |
RC_MAN_TH (FLOAT) | Threshold for the manual switch Comment: 0-1 indicate where in the full channel range the threshold sits 0 : min 1 : max sign indicates polarity of comparison positive : true when channel>th negative : true when channel | -1 > 1 | 0.75 | |
RC_MAP_ACRO_SW (INT32) | Acro switch channel Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_ARM_SW (INT32) | Arm switch channel Comment: Use it to arm/disarm via switch instead of default throttle stick. If this is assigned, arming and disarming via stick is disabled. Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_FLAPS (INT32) | Flaps channel Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_FLTMODE (INT32) | Single channel flight mode selection Comment: If this parameter is non-zero, flight modes are only selected by this channel and are assigned to six slots. Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_GEAR_SW (INT32) | Landing gear switch channel Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_KILL_SW (INT32) | Emergency Kill switch channel Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_LOITER_SW (INT32) | Loiter switch channel Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_MAN_SW (INT32) | Manual switch channel mapping Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_MODE_SW (INT32) | Mode switch channel mapping Comment: This is the main flight mode selector. The channel index (starting from 1 for channel 1) indicates which channel should be used for deciding about the main mode. A value of zero indicates the switch is not assigned. Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_OFFB_SW (INT32) | Offboard switch channel Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_POSCTL_SW (INT32) | Position Control switch channel Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_RATT_SW (INT32) | Rattitude switch channel (deprecated) Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_RETURN_SW (INT32) | Return switch channel Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_STAB_SW (INT32) | Stabilize switch channel mapping Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_MAP_TRANS_SW (INT32) | VTOL transition switch channel mapping Values:
| 0 > 18 | 0 | |
RC_OFFB_TH (FLOAT) | Threshold for selecting offboard mode Comment: 0-1 indicate where in the full channel range the threshold sits 0 : min 1 : max sign indicates polarity of comparison positive : true when channel>th negative : true when channel | -1 > 1 | 0.75 | |
RC_POSCTL_TH (FLOAT) | Threshold for selecting posctl mode Comment: 0-1 indicate where in the full channel range the threshold sits 0 : min 1 : max sign indicates polarity of comparison positive : true when channel>th negative : true when channel | -1 > 1 | 0.75 | |
RC_RETURN_TH (FLOAT) | Threshold for selecting return to launch mode Comment: 0-1 indicate where in the full channel range the threshold sits 0 : min 1 : max sign indicates polarity of comparison positive : true when channel>th negative : true when channel | -1 > 1 | 0.75 | |
RC_STAB_TH (FLOAT) | Threshold for the stabilize switch Comment: 0-1 indicate where in the full channel range the threshold sits 0 : min 1 : max sign indicates polarity of comparison positive : true when channel>th negative : true when channel | -1 > 1 | 0.5 | |
RC_TRANS_TH (FLOAT) | Threshold for the VTOL transition switch Comment: 0-1 indicate where in the full channel range the threshold sits 0 : min 1 : max sign indicates polarity of comparison positive : true when channel>th negative : true when channel | -1 > 1 | 0.75 |
# Return Mode
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
RTL_CONE_ANG (INT32) | Half-angle of the return mode altitude cone Comment: Defines the half-angle of a cone centered around the destination position that affects the altitude at which the vehicle returns. Values:
| 0 > 90 | 45 | deg |
RTL_DESCEND_ALT (FLOAT) | Return mode loiter altitude Comment: Descend to this altitude (above destination position) after return, and wait for time defined in RTL_LAND_DELAY. Land (i.e. slowly descend) from this altitude if autolanding allowed. | 2 > 100 (0.5) | 30 | m |
RTL_LAND_DELAY (FLOAT) | Return mode delay Comment: Delay before landing (after initial descent) in Return mode. If set to -1 the system will not land but loiter at RTL_DESCEND_ALT. | -1 > 300 (0.5) | 0.0 | s |
RTL_LOITER_RAD (FLOAT) | Loiter radius for rtl descend Comment: Set the radius for loitering to a safe altitude for VTOL transition. | 25 > 1000 (0.5) | 50.0 | m |
RTL_MIN_DIST (FLOAT) | Horizontal radius from return point within which special rules for return mode apply Comment: The return altitude will be calculated based on RTL_CONE_ANG parameter. The yaw setpoint will switch to the one defined by corresponding waypoint. | 0.5 > 100 (0.5) | 10.0 | m |
RTL_RETURN_ALT (FLOAT) | Return mode return altitude Comment: Default minimum altitude above destination (e.g. home, safe point, landing pattern) for return flight. This is affected by RTL_MIN_DIST and RTL_CONE_ANG. | 0 > 150 (0.5) | 60 | m |
RTL_TYPE (INT32) | Return type Comment: Return mode destination and flight path (home location, rally point, mission landing pattern, reverse mission) Values:
| 0 |
# Return To Land
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
RTL_PLD_MD (INT32) | RTL precision land mode Comment: Use precision landing when doing an RTL landing phase. Values:
| 0 |
# Roboclaw
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
RBCLW_SER_CFG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for Roboclaw Driver Comment: Configure on which serial port to run Roboclaw Driver. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 |
# Roboclaw driver
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
RBCLW_ADDRESS (INT32) | Address of the Roboclaw Comment: The Roboclaw can be configured to have an address from 0x80 to 0x87, inclusive. It must be configured to match this parameter. Values:
| 128 > 135 | 128 | |
RBCLW_BAUD (INT32) | Roboclaw serial baud rate Comment: Baud rate of the serial communication with the Roboclaw. The Roboclaw must be configured to match this rate. Values:
Reboot required: true | 2400 > 460800 | 2400 | |
RBCLW_COUNTS_REV (INT32) | Encoder counts per revolution Comment: Number of encoder counts for one revolution. The roboclaw treats analog encoders (potentiometers) as having 2047 counts per rev. The default value of 1200 corresponds to the default configuration of the Aion R1 rover. | 1 > ? | 1200 | |
RBCLW_READ_PER (INT32) | Encoder read period Comment: How long to wait, in Milliseconds, between reading wheel encoder values over Uart from the Roboclaw | 1 > 1000 | 10 | ms |
RBCLW_WRITE_PER (INT32) | Uart write period Comment: How long to wait, in Milliseconds, between writing actuator controls over Uart to the Roboclaw | 1 > 1000 | 10 | ms |
# Rover Position Control
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
GND_L1_DAMPING (FLOAT) | L1 damping Comment: Damping factor for L1 control. | 0.6 > 0.9 (0.05) | 0.75 | |
GND_L1_DIST (FLOAT) | L1 distance Comment: This is the distance at which the next waypoint is activated. This should be set to about 2-4x of GND_WHEEL_BASE and not smaller than one meter (due to GPS accuracy). | 1.0 > 50.0 (0.1) | 1.0 | m |
GND_L1_PERIOD (FLOAT) | L1 period Comment: This is the L1 distance and defines the tracking point ahead of the rover it's following. Use values around 2-5m for a 0.3m wheel base. Tuning instructions: Shorten slowly during tuning until response is sharp without oscillation. | 0.5 > 50.0 (0.5) | 5.0 | m |
GND_MAN_Y_MAX (FLOAT) | Max manual yaw rate | 0.0 > 400 | 150.0 | deg/s |
GND_MAX_ANG (FLOAT) | Maximum turn angle for Ackerman steering Comment: At a control output of 0, the steering wheels are at 0 radians. At a control output of 1, the steering wheels are at GND_MAX_ANG radians. | 0.0 > 3.14159 (0.01) | 0.7854 | rad |
GND_SPEED_D (FLOAT) | Speed proportional gain Comment: This is the derivative gain for the speed closed loop controller | 0.00 > 50.0 (0.005) | 0.001 | %m/s |
GND_SPEED_I (FLOAT) | Speed Integral gain Comment: This is the integral gain for the speed closed loop controller | 0.00 > 50.0 (0.005) | 3.0 | %m/s |
GND_SPEED_IMAX (FLOAT) | Speed integral maximum value Comment: This is the maxim value the integral can reach to prevent wind-up. | 0.005 > 50.0 (0.005) | 1.0 | %m/s |
GND_SPEED_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum ground speed | 0.0 > 40 (0.5) | 10.0 | m/s |
GND_SPEED_P (FLOAT) | Speed proportional gain Comment: This is the proportional gain for the speed closed loop controller | 0.005 > 50.0 (0.005) | 2.0 | %m/s |
GND_SPEED_THR_SC (FLOAT) | Speed to throttle scaler Comment: This is a gain to map the speed control output to the throttle linearly. | 0.005 > 50.0 (0.005) | 1.0 | %m/s |
GND_SPEED_TRIM (FLOAT) | Trim ground speed | 0.0 > 40 (0.5) | 3.0 | m/s |
GND_SP_CTRL_MODE (INT32) | Control mode for speed Comment: This allows the user to choose between closed loop gps speed or open loop cruise throttle speed Values:
| 0 > 1 | 1 | |
GND_THR_CRUISE (FLOAT) | Cruise throttle Comment: This is the throttle setting required to achieve the desired cruise speed. 10% is ok for a traxxas stampede vxl with ESC set to training mode | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 0.1 | norm |
GND_THR_MAX (FLOAT) | Throttle limit max Comment: This is the maximum throttle % that can be used by the controller. For a Traxxas stampede vxl with the ESC set to training, 30 % is enough | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 0.3 | norm |
GND_THR_MIN (FLOAT) | Throttle limit min Comment: This is the minimum throttle % that can be used by the controller. Set to 0 for rover | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 0.0 | norm |
GND_WHEEL_BASE (FLOAT) | Distance from front axle to rear axle Comment: A value of 0.31 is typical for 1/10 RC cars. | 0.0 > ? (0.01) | 0.31 | m |
# Runway Takeoff
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
RWTO_AIRSPD_SCL (FLOAT) | Min airspeed scaling factor for takeoff Comment: Pitch up will be commanded when the following airspeed is reached: FW_AIRSPD_MIN * RWTO_AIRSPD_SCL | 0.0 > 2.0 (0.01) | 1.3 | norm |
RWTO_HDG (INT32) | Specifies which heading should be held during runnway takeoff Comment: 0: airframe heading, 1: heading towards takeoff waypoint Values:
| 0 > 1 | 0 | |
RWTO_MAX_PITCH (FLOAT) | Max pitch during takeoff Comment: Fixed-wing settings are used if set to 0. Note that there is also a minimum pitch of 10 degrees during takeoff, so this must be larger if set. | 0.0 > 60.0 (0.5) | 20.0 | deg |
RWTO_MAX_ROLL (FLOAT) | Max roll during climbout Comment: Roll is limited during climbout to ensure enough lift and prevents aggressive navigation before we're on a safe height. | 0.0 > 60.0 (0.5) | 25.0 | deg |
RWTO_MAX_THR (FLOAT) | Max throttle during runway takeoff Comment: Can be used to test taxi on runway | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 1.0 | norm |
RWTO_NAV_ALT (FLOAT) | Altitude AGL at which we have enough ground clearance to allow some roll Comment: Until RWTO_NAV_ALT is reached the plane is held level and only rudder is used to keep the heading (see RWTO_HDG). This should be below FW_CLMBOUT_DIFF if FW_CLMBOUT_DIFF > 0. | 0.0 > 100.0 (1) | 5.0 | m |
RWTO_PSP (FLOAT) | Pitch setpoint during taxi / before takeoff airspeed is reached Comment: A taildragger with steerable wheel might need to pitch up a little to keep its wheel on the ground before airspeed to takeoff is reached. | -10.0 > 20.0 (0.5) | 0.0 | deg |
RWTO_RAMP_TIME (FLOAT) | Throttle ramp up time for runway takeoff | 1.0 > 15.0 (0.1) | 2.0 | s |
RWTO_TKOFF (INT32) | Runway takeoff with landing gear | Disabled (0) |
# SD Logging
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
SDLOG_BOOT_BAT (INT32) | Battery-only Logging Comment: When enabled, logging will not start from boot if battery power is not detected (e.g. powered via USB on a test bench). This prevents extraneous flight logs from being created during bench testing. Note that this only applies to log-from-boot modes. This has no effect on arm-based modes. | Disabled (0) | ||
SDLOG_DIRS_MAX (INT32) | Maximum number of log directories to keep Comment: If there are more log directories than this value, the system will delete the oldest directories during startup. In addition, the system will delete old logs if there is not enough free space left. The minimum amount is 300 MB. If this is set to 0, old directories will only be removed if the free space falls below the minimum. Note: this does not apply to mission log files. Reboot required: true | 0 > 1000 | 0 | |
SDLOG_MISSION (INT32) | Mission Log Comment: If enabled, a small additional "mission" log file will be written to the SD card. The log contains just those messages that are useful for tasks like generating flight statistics and geotagging. The different modes can be used to further reduce the logged data (and thus the log file size). For example, choose geotagging mode to only log data required for geotagging. Note that the normal/full log is still created, and contains all the data in the mission log (and more). Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
SDLOG_MODE (INT32) | Logging Mode Comment: Determines when to start and stop logging. By default, logging is started when arming the system, and stopped when disarming. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
SDLOG_PROFILE (INT32) | Logging topic profile (integer bitmask) Comment: This integer bitmask controls the set and rates of logged topics. The default allows for general log analysis while keeping the log file size reasonably small. Enabling multiple sets leads to higher bandwidth requirements and larger log files. Set bits true to enable: 0 : Default set (used for general log analysis) 1 : Full rate estimator (EKF2) replay topics 2 : Topics for thermal calibration (high rate raw IMU and Baro sensor data) 3 : Topics for system identification (high rate actuator control and IMU data) 4 : Full rates for analysis of fast maneuvers (RC, attitude, rates and actuators) 5 : Debugging topics (debug_*.msg topics, for custom code) 6 : Topics for sensor comparison (low rate raw IMU, Baro and Magnetomer data) 7 : Topics for computer vision and collision avoidance 8 : Raw FIFO high-rate IMU (Gyro) 9 : Raw FIFO high-rate IMU (Accel) Bitmask:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 1023 | 1 | |
SDLOG_UTC_OFFSET (INT32) | UTC offset (unit: min) Comment: the difference in hours and minutes from Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) for a your place and date. for example, In case of South Korea(UTC+09:00), UTC offset is 540 min (9*60) refer to https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_UTC_time_offsets | -1000 > 1000 | 0 | min |
SDLOG_UUID (INT32) | Log UUID Comment: If set to 1, add an ID to the log, which uniquely identifies the vehicle | Enabled (1) |
# SITL
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
SIM_BAT_DRAIN (FLOAT) | Simulator Battery drain interval | 1 > 86400 (1) | 60 | s |
SIM_BAT_MIN_PCT (FLOAT) | Simulator Battery minimal percentage Comment: Can be used to alter the battery level during SITL- or HITL-simulation on the fly. Particularly useful for testing different low-battery behaviour. | 0 > 100 (0.1) | 50.0 | % |
# Sensor Calibration
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
CAL_ACC0_ID (INT32) | ID of the Accelerometer that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
CAL_ACC0_PRIO (INT32) | Accelerometer 0 priority Values:
| -1 | ||
CAL_ACC0_ROT (INT32) | Rotation of accelerometer 0 relative to airframe Comment: An internal sensor will force a value of -1, so a GCS should only attempt to configure the rotation if the value is greater than or equal to zero. Values:
Reboot required: true | -1 > 40 | -1 | |
CAL_ACC0_XOFF (FLOAT) | Accelerometer X-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_ACC0_XSCALE (FLOAT) | Accelerometer X-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_ACC0_YOFF (FLOAT) | Accelerometer Y-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_ACC0_YSCALE (FLOAT) | Accelerometer Y-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_ACC0_ZOFF (FLOAT) | Accelerometer Z-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_ACC0_ZSCALE (FLOAT) | Accelerometer Z-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_ACC1_ID (INT32) | ID of the Accelerometer that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
CAL_ACC1_PRIO (INT32) | Accelerometer 1 priority Values:
| -1 | ||
CAL_ACC1_ROT (INT32) | Rotation of accelerometer 1 relative to airframe Comment: An internal sensor will force a value of -1, so a GCS should only attempt to configure the rotation if the value is greater than or equal to zero. Values:
Reboot required: true | -1 > 40 | -1 | |
CAL_ACC1_XOFF (FLOAT) | Accelerometer X-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_ACC1_XSCALE (FLOAT) | Accelerometer X-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_ACC1_YOFF (FLOAT) | Accelerometer Y-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_ACC1_YSCALE (FLOAT) | Accelerometer Y-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_ACC1_ZOFF (FLOAT) | Accelerometer Z-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_ACC1_ZSCALE (FLOAT) | Accelerometer Z-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_ACC2_ID (INT32) | ID of the Accelerometer that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
CAL_ACC2_PRIO (INT32) | Accelerometer 2 priority Values:
| -1 | ||
CAL_ACC2_ROT (INT32) | Rotation of accelerometer 2 relative to airframe Comment: An internal sensor will force a value of -1, so a GCS should only attempt to configure the rotation if the value is greater than or equal to zero. Values:
Reboot required: true | -1 > 40 | -1 | |
CAL_ACC2_XOFF (FLOAT) | Accelerometer X-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_ACC2_XSCALE (FLOAT) | Accelerometer X-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_ACC2_YOFF (FLOAT) | Accelerometer Y-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_ACC2_YSCALE (FLOAT) | Accelerometer Y-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_ACC2_ZOFF (FLOAT) | Accelerometer Z-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_ACC2_ZSCALE (FLOAT) | Accelerometer Z-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_ACC3_ID (INT32) | ID of the Accelerometer that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
CAL_ACC3_PRIO (INT32) | Accelerometer 3 priority Values:
| -1 | ||
CAL_ACC3_ROT (INT32) | Rotation of accelerometer 3 relative to airframe Comment: An internal sensor will force a value of -1, so a GCS should only attempt to configure the rotation if the value is greater than or equal to zero. Values:
Reboot required: true | -1 > 40 | -1 | |
CAL_ACC3_XOFF (FLOAT) | Accelerometer X-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_ACC3_XSCALE (FLOAT) | Accelerometer X-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_ACC3_YOFF (FLOAT) | Accelerometer Y-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_ACC3_YSCALE (FLOAT) | Accelerometer Y-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_ACC3_ZOFF (FLOAT) | Accelerometer Z-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_ACC3_ZSCALE (FLOAT) | Accelerometer Z-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_GYRO0_ID (INT32) | ID of the Gyro that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
CAL_GYRO0_PRIO (INT32) | Gyro 0 priority Values:
| -1 | ||
CAL_GYRO0_ROT (INT32) | Rotation of gyro 0 relative to airframe Comment: An internal sensor will force a value of -1, so a GCS should only attempt to configure the rotation if the value is greater than or equal to zero. Values:
Reboot required: true | -1 > 40 | -1 | |
CAL_GYRO0_XOFF (FLOAT) | Gyro X-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_GYRO0_YOFF (FLOAT) | Gyro Y-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_GYRO0_ZOFF (FLOAT) | Gyro Z-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_GYRO1_ID (INT32) | ID of the Gyro that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
CAL_GYRO1_PRIO (INT32) | Gyro 1 priority Values:
| -1 | ||
CAL_GYRO1_ROT (INT32) | Rotation of gyro 1 relative to airframe Comment: An internal sensor will force a value of -1, so a GCS should only attempt to configure the rotation if the value is greater than or equal to zero. Values:
Reboot required: true | -1 > 40 | -1 | |
CAL_GYRO1_XOFF (FLOAT) | Gyro X-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_GYRO1_YOFF (FLOAT) | Gyro Y-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_GYRO1_ZOFF (FLOAT) | Gyro Z-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_GYRO2_ID (INT32) | ID of the Gyro that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
CAL_GYRO2_PRIO (INT32) | Gyro 2 priority Values:
| -1 | ||
CAL_GYRO2_ROT (INT32) | Rotation of gyro 2 relative to airframe Comment: An internal sensor will force a value of -1, so a GCS should only attempt to configure the rotation if the value is greater than or equal to zero. Values:
Reboot required: true | -1 > 40 | -1 | |
CAL_GYRO2_XOFF (FLOAT) | Gyro X-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_GYRO2_YOFF (FLOAT) | Gyro Y-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_GYRO2_ZOFF (FLOAT) | Gyro Z-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_GYRO3_ID (INT32) | ID of the Gyro that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
CAL_GYRO3_PRIO (INT32) | Gyro 3 priority Values:
| -1 | ||
CAL_GYRO3_ROT (INT32) | Rotation of gyro 3 relative to airframe Comment: An internal sensor will force a value of -1, so a GCS should only attempt to configure the rotation if the value is greater than or equal to zero. Values:
Reboot required: true | -1 > 40 | -1 | |
CAL_GYRO3_XOFF (FLOAT) | Gyro X-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_GYRO3_YOFF (FLOAT) | Gyro Y-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_GYRO3_ZOFF (FLOAT) | Gyro Z-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG0_ID (INT32) | ID of Magnetometer the calibration is for | 0 | ||
CAL_MAG0_PRIO (INT32) | Mag 0 priority Values:
| -1 | ||
CAL_MAG0_ROT (INT32) | Rotation of magnetometer 0 relative to airframe Comment: An internal sensor will force a value of -1, so a GCS should only attempt to configure the rotation if the value is greater than or equal to zero. Values:
Reboot required: true | -1 > 40 | -1 | |
CAL_MAG0_XCOMP (FLOAT) | X Axis throttle compensation for Mag 0 Comment: Coefficient describing linear relationship between X component of magnetometer in body frame axis and either current or throttle depending on value of CAL_MAG_COMP_TYP. Unit for throttle-based compensation is [G] and for current-based compensation [G/kA] | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG0_XODIAG (FLOAT) | Magnetometer X-axis off diagonal factor | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG0_XOFF (FLOAT) | Magnetometer X-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG0_XSCALE (FLOAT) | Magnetometer X-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_MAG0_YCOMP (FLOAT) | Y Axis throttle compensation for Mag 0 Comment: Coefficient describing linear relationship between Y component of magnetometer in body frame axis and either current or throttle depending on value of CAL_MAG_COMP_TYP. Unit for throttle-based compensation is [G] and for current-based compensation [G/kA] | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG0_YODIAG (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Y-axis off diagonal factor | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG0_YOFF (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Y-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG0_YSCALE (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Y-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_MAG0_ZCOMP (FLOAT) | Z Axis throttle compensation for Mag 0 Comment: Coefficient describing linear relationship between Z component of magnetometer in body frame axis and either current or throttle depending on value of CAL_MAG_COMP_TYP. Unit for throttle-based compensation is [G] and for current-based compensation [G/kA] | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG0_ZODIAG (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Z-axis off diagonal factor | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG0_ZOFF (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Z-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG0_ZSCALE (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Z-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_MAG1_ID (INT32) | ID of Magnetometer the calibration is for | 0 | ||
CAL_MAG1_PRIO (INT32) | Mag 1 priority Values:
| -1 | ||
CAL_MAG1_ROT (INT32) | Rotation of magnetometer 1 relative to airframe Comment: An internal sensor will force a value of -1, so a GCS should only attempt to configure the rotation if the value is greater than or equal to zero. Values:
Reboot required: true | -1 > 40 | -1 | |
CAL_MAG1_XCOMP (FLOAT) | X Axis throttle compensation for Mag 1 Comment: Coefficient describing linear relationship between X component of magnetometer in body frame axis and either current or throttle depending on value of CAL_MAG_COMP_TYP. Unit for throttle-based compensation is [G] and for current-based compensation [G/kA] | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG1_XODIAG (FLOAT) | Magnetometer X-axis off diagonal factor | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG1_XOFF (FLOAT) | Magnetometer X-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG1_XSCALE (FLOAT) | Magnetometer X-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_MAG1_YCOMP (FLOAT) | Y Axis throttle compensation for Mag 1 Comment: Coefficient describing linear relationship between Y component of magnetometer in body frame axis and either current or throttle depending on value of CAL_MAG_COMP_TYP. Unit for throttle-based compensation is [G] and for current-based compensation [G/kA] | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG1_YODIAG (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Y-axis off diagonal factor | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG1_YOFF (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Y-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG1_YSCALE (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Y-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_MAG1_ZCOMP (FLOAT) | Z Axis throttle compensation for Mag 1 Comment: Coefficient describing linear relationship between Z component of magnetometer in body frame axis and either current or throttle depending on value of CAL_MAG_COMP_TYP. Unit for throttle-based compensation is [G] and for current-based compensation [G/kA] | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG1_ZODIAG (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Z-axis off diagonal factor | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG1_ZOFF (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Z-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG1_ZSCALE (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Z-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_MAG2_ID (INT32) | ID of Magnetometer the calibration is for | 0 | ||
CAL_MAG2_PRIO (INT32) | Mag 2 priority Values:
| -1 | ||
CAL_MAG2_ROT (INT32) | Rotation of magnetometer 2 relative to airframe Comment: An internal sensor will force a value of -1, so a GCS should only attempt to configure the rotation if the value is greater than or equal to zero. Values:
Reboot required: true | -1 > 40 | -1 | |
CAL_MAG2_XCOMP (FLOAT) | X Axis throttle compensation for Mag 2 Comment: Coefficient describing linear relationship between X component of magnetometer in body frame axis and either current or throttle depending on value of CAL_MAG_COMP_TYP. Unit for throttle-based compensation is [G] and for current-based compensation [G/kA] | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG2_XODIAG (FLOAT) | Magnetometer X-axis off diagonal factor | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG2_XOFF (FLOAT) | Magnetometer X-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG2_XSCALE (FLOAT) | Magnetometer X-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_MAG2_YCOMP (FLOAT) | Y Axis throttle compensation for Mag 2 Comment: Coefficient describing linear relationship between Y component of magnetometer in body frame axis and either current or throttle depending on value of CAL_MAG_COMP_TYP. Unit for throttle-based compensation is [G] and for current-based compensation [G/kA] | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG2_YODIAG (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Y-axis off diagonal factor | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG2_YOFF (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Y-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG2_YSCALE (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Y-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_MAG2_ZCOMP (FLOAT) | Z Axis throttle compensation for Mag 2 Comment: Coefficient describing linear relationship between Z component of magnetometer in body frame axis and either current or throttle depending on value of CAL_MAG_COMP_TYP. Unit for throttle-based compensation is [G] and for current-based compensation [G/kA] | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG2_ZODIAG (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Z-axis off diagonal factor | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG2_ZOFF (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Z-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG2_ZSCALE (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Z-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_MAG3_ID (INT32) | ID of Magnetometer the calibration is for | 0 | ||
CAL_MAG3_PRIO (INT32) | Mag 3 priority Values:
| -1 | ||
CAL_MAG3_ROT (INT32) | Rotation of magnetometer 3 relative to airframe Comment: An internal sensor will force a value of -1, so a GCS should only attempt to configure the rotation if the value is greater than or equal to zero. Values:
Reboot required: true | -1 > 40 | -1 | |
CAL_MAG3_XCOMP (FLOAT) | X Axis throttle compensation for Mag 3 Comment: Coefficient describing linear relationship between X component of magnetometer in body frame axis and either current or throttle depending on value of CAL_MAG_COMP_TYP. Unit for throttle-based compensation is [G] and for current-based compensation [G/kA] | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG3_XODIAG (FLOAT) | Magnetometer X-axis off diagonal factor | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG3_XOFF (FLOAT) | Magnetometer X-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG3_XSCALE (FLOAT) | Magnetometer X-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_MAG3_YCOMP (FLOAT) | Y Axis throttle compensation for Mag 3 Comment: Coefficient describing linear relationship between Y component of magnetometer in body frame axis and either current or throttle depending on value of CAL_MAG_COMP_TYP. Unit for throttle-based compensation is [G] and for current-based compensation [G/kA] | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG3_YODIAG (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Y-axis off diagonal factor | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG3_YOFF (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Y-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG3_YSCALE (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Y-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_MAG3_ZCOMP (FLOAT) | Z Axis throttle compensation for Mag 3 Comment: Coefficient describing linear relationship between Z component of magnetometer in body frame axis and either current or throttle depending on value of CAL_MAG_COMP_TYP. Unit for throttle-based compensation is [G] and for current-based compensation [G/kA] | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG3_ZODIAG (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Z-axis off diagonal factor | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG3_ZOFF (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Z-axis offset | 0.0 | ||
CAL_MAG3_ZSCALE (FLOAT) | Magnetometer Z-axis scaling factor | 1.0 | ||
CAL_MAG_COMP_TYP (INT32) | Type of magnetometer compensation Values:
| 0 | ||
SENS_DPRES_ANSC (FLOAT) | Differential pressure sensor analog scaling Comment: Pick the appropriate scaling from the datasheet. this number defines the (linear) conversion from voltage to Pascal (pa). For the MPXV7002DP this is 1000. NOTE: If the sensor always registers zero, try switching the static and dynamic tubes. | 0 | ||
SENS_DPRES_OFF (FLOAT) | Differential pressure sensor offset Comment: The offset (zero-reading) in Pascal | 0.0 | ||
SENS_FLOW_MAXHGT (FLOAT) | Maximum height above ground when reliant on optical flow Comment: This parameter defines the maximum distance from ground at which the optical flow sensor operates reliably. The height setpoint will be limited to be no greater than this value when the navigation system is completely reliant on optical flow data and the height above ground estimate is valid. The sensor may be usable above this height, but accuracy will progressively degrade. | 1.0 > 25.0 (0.1) | 3.0 | m |
SENS_FLOW_MAXR (FLOAT) | Magnitude of maximum angular flow rate reliably measurable by the optical flow sensor Comment: Optical flow data will not fused by the estimators if the magnitude of the flow rate exceeds this value and control loops will be instructed to limit ground speed such that the flow rate produced by movement over ground is less than 50% of this value. | 1.0 > ? | 2.5 | rad/s |
SENS_FLOW_MINHGT (FLOAT) | Minimum height above ground when reliant on optical flow Comment: This parameter defines the minimum distance from ground at which the optical flow sensor operates reliably. The sensor may be usable below this height, but accuracy will progressively reduce to loss of focus. | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.1) | 0.7 | m |
# Sensors
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
BATMON_ADDR_DFLT (INT32) | I2C address for BatMon battery 1 Reboot required: true | 11 | ||
BATMON_DRIVER_EN (INT32) | Parameter to enable BatMon module Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 2 | 0 | |
BAT_C_MULT (FLOAT) | Capacity/current multiplier for high-current capable SMBUS battery Reboot required: true | 1.0 | ||
BAT_SMBUS_MODEL (INT32) | Battery device model Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 2 | 0 | |
CAL_AIR_CMODEL (INT32) | Airspeed sensor compensation model for the SDP3x Comment: Model with Pitot CAL_AIR_TUBED_MM: Not used, 1.5 mm tubes assumed. CAL_AIR_TUBELEN: Length of the tubes connecting the pitot to the sensor. Model without Pitot (1.5 mm tubes) CAL_AIR_TUBED_MM: Not used, 1.5 mm tubes assumed. CAL_AIR_TUBELEN: Length of the tubes connecting the pitot to the sensor. Tube Pressure Drop CAL_AIR_TUBED_MM: Diameter in mm of the pitot and tubes, must have the same diameter. CAL_AIR_TUBELEN: Length of the tubes connecting the pitot to the sensor and the static + dynamic port length of the pitot. Values:
| 0 | ||
CAL_AIR_TUBED_MM (FLOAT) | Airspeed sensor tube diameter. Only used for the Tube Pressure Drop Compensation | 0.1 > 100 | 1.5 | mm |
CAL_AIR_TUBELEN (FLOAT) | Airspeed sensor tube length Comment: See the CAL_AIR_CMODEL explanation on how this parameter should be set. | 0.01 > 2.00 | 0.2 | m |
CAL_MAG_ROT_AUTO (INT32) | Automatically set external rotations Comment: During calibration attempt to automatically determine the rotation of external magnetometers. | Enabled (1) | ||
CAL_MAG_SIDES (INT32) | Bitfield selecting mag sides for calibration Comment: If set to two side calibration, only the offsets are estimated, the scale calibration is left unchanged. Thus an initial six side calibration is recommended. Bits: ORIENTATION_TAIL_DOWN = 1 ORIENTATION_NOSE_DOWN = 2 ORIENTATION_LEFT = 4 ORIENTATION_RIGHT = 8 ORIENTATION_UPSIDE_DOWN = 16 ORIENTATION_RIGHTSIDE_UP = 32 Values:
| 34 > 63 | 63 | |
IMU_ACCEL_CUTOFF (FLOAT) | Low pass filter cutoff frequency for accel Comment: The cutoff frequency for the 2nd order butterworth filter on the primary accelerometer. This only affects the signal sent to the controllers, not the estimators. 0 disables the filter. Reboot required: true | 0 > 1000 | 30.0 | Hz |
IMU_DGYRO_CUTOFF (FLOAT) | Cutoff frequency for angular acceleration (D-Term filter) Comment: The cutoff frequency for the 2nd order butterworth filter used on the time derivative of the measured angular velocity, also known as the D-term filter in the rate controller. The D-term uses the derivative of the rate and thus is the most susceptible to noise. Therefore, using a D-term filter allows to increase IMU_GYRO_CUTOFF, which leads to reduced control latency and permits to increase the P gains. A value of 0 disables the filter. Reboot required: true | 0 > 1000 | 30.0 | Hz |
IMU_GYRO_CAL_EN (INT32) | IMU gyro auto calibration enable Reboot required: true | Enabled (1) | ||
IMU_GYRO_CUTOFF (FLOAT) | Low pass filter cutoff frequency for gyro Comment: The cutoff frequency for the 2nd order butterworth filter on the primary gyro. This only affects the angular velocity sent to the controllers, not the estimators. It applies also to the angular acceleration (D-Term filter), see IMU_DGYRO_CUTOFF. A value of 0 disables the filter. Reboot required: true | 0 > 1000 | 40.0 | Hz |
IMU_GYRO_DYN_NF (INT32) | IMU gyro dynamic notch filtering Comment: Enable bank of dynamically updating notch filters. Requires ESC RPM feedback or onboard FFT (IMU_GYRO_FFT_EN). Bitmask:
| 0 > 3 | 0 | |
IMU_GYRO_FFT_EN (INT32) | IMU gyro FFT enable Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) | ||
IMU_GYRO_FFT_LEN (INT32) | IMU gyro FFT length Values:
Reboot required: true | 1024 | Hz | |
IMU_GYRO_FFT_MAX (FLOAT) | IMU gyro FFT maximum frequency Reboot required: true | 1 > 1000 | 192. | Hz |
IMU_GYRO_FFT_MIN (FLOAT) | IMU gyro FFT minimum frequency Reboot required: true | 1 > 1000 | 32. | Hz |
IMU_GYRO_NF_BW (FLOAT) | Notch filter bandwidth for gyro Comment: The frequency width of the stop band for the 2nd order notch filter on the primary gyro. See "IMU_GYRO_NF_FREQ" to activate the filter and to set the notch frequency. Applies to both angular velocity and angular acceleration sent to the controllers. Reboot required: true | 0 > 100 | 20.0 | Hz |
IMU_GYRO_NF_FREQ (FLOAT) | Notch filter frequency for gyro Comment: The center frequency for the 2nd order notch filter on the primary gyro. This filter can be enabled to avoid feedback amplification of structural resonances at a specific frequency. This only affects the signal sent to the controllers, not the estimators. Applies to both angular velocity and angular acceleration sent to the controllers. See "IMU_GYRO_NF_BW" to set the bandwidth of the filter. A value of 0 disables the filter. Reboot required: true | 0 > 1000 | 0.0 | Hz |
IMU_GYRO_RATEMAX (INT32) | Gyro control data maximum publication rate (inner loop rate) Comment: The maximum rate the gyro control data (vehicle_angular_velocity) will be allowed to publish at. This is the loop rate for the rate controller and outputs. Note: sensor data is always read and filtered at the full raw rate (eg commonly 8 kHz) regardless of this setting. Values:
Reboot required: true | 100 > 2000 | 400 | Hz |
IMU_INTEG_RATE (INT32) | IMU integration rate Comment: The rate at which raw IMU data is integrated to produce delta angles and delta velocities. Recommended to set this to a multiple of the estimator update period (currently 10 ms for ekf2). Values:
Reboot required: true | 100 > 1000 | 200 | Hz |
INA226_CONFIG (INT32) | INA226 Power Monitor Config | 0 > 65535 (1) | 18139 | |
INA226_CURRENT (FLOAT) | INA226 Power Monitor Max Current | 0.1 > 200.0 (0.1) | 164.0 | |
INA226_SHUNT (FLOAT) | INA226 Power Monitor Shunt | 0.000000001 > 0.1 (.000000001) | 0.0005 | |
PCF8583_ADDR (INT32) | PCF8583 rotorfreq (i2c) i2c address Values:
Reboot required: true | 80 | ||
PCF8583_MAGNET (INT32) | PCF8583 rotorfreq (i2c) pulse count Comment: Nmumber of signals per rotation of actuator Reboot required: true | 1 > ? | 2 | |
PCF8583_POOL (INT32) | PCF8583 rotorfreq (i2c) pool interval Comment: Determines how often the sensor is read out. Reboot required: true | 1000000 | us | |
PCF8583_RESET (INT32) | PCF8583 rotorfreq (i2c) pulse reset value Comment: Internal device counter is reset to 0 when overun this value, counter is able to store upto 6 digits reset of counter takes some time - measurement with reset has worse accurancy. 0 means reset counter after every measurement. Reboot required: true | 500000 | ||
SENS_BARO_QNH (FLOAT) | QNH for barometer Reboot required: true | 500 > 1500 | 1013.25 | hPa |
SENS_BARO_RATE (FLOAT) | Baro max rate Comment: Barometric air data maximum publication rate. This is an upper bound, actual barometric data rate is still dependant on the sensor. Reboot required: true | 1 > 200 | 20.0 | Hz |
SENS_BOARD_ROT (INT32) | Board rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the FMU board relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | -1 > 40 | 0 | |
SENS_BOARD_X_OFF (FLOAT) | Board rotation X (Roll) offset Comment: This parameter defines a rotational offset in degrees around the X (Roll) axis It allows the user to fine tune the board offset in the event of misalignment. | 0.0 | deg | |
SENS_BOARD_Y_OFF (FLOAT) | Board rotation Y (Pitch) offset Comment: This parameter defines a rotational offset in degrees around the Y (Pitch) axis. It allows the user to fine tune the board offset in the event of misalignment. | 0.0 | deg | |
SENS_BOARD_Z_OFF (FLOAT) | Board rotation Z (YAW) offset Comment: This parameter defines a rotational offset in degrees around the Z (Yaw) axis. It allows the user to fine tune the board offset in the event of misalignment. | 0.0 | deg | |
SENS_CM8JL65_CFG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for Lanbao PSK-CM8JL65-CC5 Comment: Configure on which serial port to run Lanbao PSK-CM8JL65-CC5. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
SENS_CM8JL65_R_0 (INT32) | Distance Sensor Rotation Comment: Distance Sensor Rotation as MAV_SENSOR_ORIENTATION enum Values:
Reboot required: True | 25 | ||
SENS_EN_ADIS164X (INT32) | Analog Devices ADIS16448 IMU (external SPI) Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 1 | 0 | |
SENS_EN_BATT (INT32) | SMBUS Smart battery driver BQ40Z50 and BQ40Z80 Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) | ||
SENS_EN_LL40LS (INT32) | Lidar-Lite (LL40LS) Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 2 | 0 | |
SENS_EN_MB12XX (INT32) | Maxbotix Sonar (mb12xx) Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) | ||
SENS_EN_MPDT (INT32) | Enable Mappydot rangefinder (i2c) Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 1 | 0 | |
SENS_EN_PAW3902 (INT32) | PAW3902 & PAW3903 Optical Flow Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) | ||
SENS_EN_PGA460 (INT32) | PGA460 Ultrasonic driver (PGA460) Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) | ||
SENS_EN_PMW3901 (INT32) | PMW3901 Optical Flow Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) | ||
SENS_EN_PX4FLOW (INT32) | PX4 Flow Optical Flow Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) | ||
SENS_EN_SF0X (INT32) | Lightware Laser Rangefinder hardware model (serial) Values:
Reboot required: true | 1 | ||
SENS_EN_SF1XX (INT32) | Lightware SF1xx/SF20/LW20 laser rangefinder (i2c) Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 6 | 0 | |
SENS_EN_SR05 (INT32) | HY-SRF05 / HC-SR05 Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) | ||
SENS_EN_THERMAL (INT32) | Thermal control of sensor temperature Values:
| -1 | ||
SENS_EN_TRANGER (INT32) | TeraRanger Rangefinder (i2c) Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 3 | 0 | |
SENS_EN_VL53L1X (INT32) | VL53L1X Distance Sensor Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) | ||
SENS_EXT_I2C_PRB (INT32) | External I2C probe Comment: Probe for optional external I2C devices. | Enabled (1) | ||
SENS_FLOW_ROT (INT32) | PX4Flow board rotation Comment: This parameter defines the yaw rotation of the PX4FLOW board relative to the vehicle body frame. Zero rotation is defined as X on flow board pointing towards front of vehicle. The recommneded installation default for the PX4FLOW board is with the Y axis forward (270 deg yaw). Values:
Reboot required: true | 6 | ||
SENS_GPS_MASK (INT32) | Multi GPS Blending Control Mask Comment: Set bits in the following positions to set which GPS accuracy metrics will be used to calculate the blending weight. Set to zero to disable and always used first GPS instance. 0 : Set to true to use speed accuracy 1 : Set to true to use horizontal position accuracy 2 : Set to true to use vertical position accuracy Bitmask:
| 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_GPS_PRIME (INT32) | Multi GPS primary instance Comment: When no blending is active, this defines the preferred GPS receiver instance. The GPS selection logic waits until the primary receiver is available to send data to the EKF even if a secondary instance is already available. The secondary instance is then only used if the primary one times out. To have an equal priority of all the instances, set this parameter to -1 and the best receiver will be used. This parameter has no effect if blending is active. | -1 > 1 | 0 | |
SENS_GPS_TAU (FLOAT) | Multi GPS Blending Time Constant Comment: Sets the longest time constant that will be applied to the calculation of GPS position and height offsets used to correct data from multiple GPS data for steady state position differences. | 1.0 > 100.0 | 10.0 | s |
SENS_IMU_MODE (INT32) | Sensors hub IMU mode Values:
Reboot required: true | 1 | ||
SENS_IMU_TEMP (FLOAT) | Target IMU temperature | 0 > 85.0 | 55.0 | celcius |
SENS_IMU_TEMP_FF (FLOAT) | IMU heater controller feedforward value | 0 > 1.0 | 0.05 | % |
SENS_IMU_TEMP_I (FLOAT) | IMU heater controller integrator gain value | 0 > 1.0 | 0.025 | us/C |
SENS_IMU_TEMP_P (FLOAT) | IMU heater controller proportional gain value | 0 > 2.0 | 1.0 | us/C |
SENS_INT_BARO_EN (INT32) | Enable internal barometers Comment: For systems with an external barometer, this should be set to false to make sure that the external is used. Reboot required: true | Enabled (1) | ||
SENS_LEDDAR1_CFG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for LeddarOne Rangefinder Comment: Configure on which serial port to run LeddarOne Rangefinder. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
SENS_MAG_MODE (INT32) | Sensors hub mag mode Values:
Reboot required: true | 1 | ||
SENS_MAG_RATE (FLOAT) | Magnetometer max rate Comment: Magnetometer data maximum publication rate. This is an upper bound, actual magnetometer data rate is still dependant on the sensor. Reboot required: true | 1 > 200 | 50.0 | Hz |
SENS_MB12_0_ROT (INT32) | MaxBotix MB12XX Sensor 0 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MB12_10_ROT (INT32) | MaxBotix MB12XX Sensor 10 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MB12_11_ROT (INT32) | MaxBotix MB12XX Sensor 12 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MB12_1_ROT (INT32) | MaxBotix MB12XX Sensor 1 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MB12_2_ROT (INT32) | MaxBotix MB12XX Sensor 2 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MB12_3_ROT (INT32) | MaxBotix MB12XX Sensor 3 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MB12_4_ROT (INT32) | MaxBotix MB12XX Sensor 4 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MB12_5_ROT (INT32) | MaxBotix MB12XX Sensor 5 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MB12_6_ROT (INT32) | MaxBotix MB12XX Sensor 6 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MB12_7_ROT (INT32) | MaxBotix MB12XX Sensor 7 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MB12_8_ROT (INT32) | MaxBotix MB12XX Sensor 8 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MB12_9_ROT (INT32) | MaxBotix MB12XX Sensor 9 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MPDT0_ROT (INT32) | MappyDot Sensor 0 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the Mappydot sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MPDT10_ROT (INT32) | MappyDot Sensor 10 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the Mappydot sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MPDT11_ROT (INT32) | MappyDot Sensor 12 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the Mappydot sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MPDT1_ROT (INT32) | MappyDot Sensor 1 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the Mappydot sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MPDT2_ROT (INT32) | MappyDot Sensor 2 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the Mappydot sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MPDT3_ROT (INT32) | MappyDot Sensor 3 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the Mappydot sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MPDT4_ROT (INT32) | MappyDot Sensor 4 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the Mappydot sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MPDT5_ROT (INT32) | MappyDot Sensor 5 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the Mappydot sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MPDT6_ROT (INT32) | MappyDot Sensor 6 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the Mappydot sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MPDT7_ROT (INT32) | MappyDot Sensor 7 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the Mappydot sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MPDT8_ROT (INT32) | MappyDot Sensor 8 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the Mappydot sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_MPDT9_ROT (INT32) | MappyDot Sensor 9 Rotation Comment: This parameter defines the rotation of the Mappydot sensor relative to the platform. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 7 | 0 | |
SENS_OR_ADIS164X (INT32) | Analog Devices ADIS16448 IMU Orientation(external SPI) Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 101 | 0 | |
SENS_SF0X_CFG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for Lightware Laser Rangefinder (serial) Comment: Configure on which serial port to run Lightware Laser Rangefinder (serial). Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
SENS_TEMP_ID (INT32) | Target IMU device ID to regulate temperature | 0 | ||
SENS_TFLOW_CFG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for ThoneFlow-3901U optical flow sensor Comment: Configure on which serial port to run ThoneFlow-3901U optical flow sensor. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
SENS_TFMINI_CFG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for Benewake TFmini Rangefinder Comment: Configure on which serial port to run Benewake TFmini Rangefinder. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
SENS_ULAND_CFG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for uLanding Radar Comment: Configure on which serial port to run uLanding Radar. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
VOXLPM_SHUNT_BAT (FLOAT) | VOXL Power Monitor Shunt, Battery Reboot required: true | 0.000000001 > 0.1 (.000000001) | 0.00063 | |
VOXLPM_SHUNT_REG (FLOAT) | VOXL Power Monitor Shunt, Regulator Reboot required: true | 0.000000001 > 0.1 (.000000001) | 0.0056 |
# Serial
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
RC_PORT_CONFIG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for RC Input Driver Comment: Configure on which serial port to run RC Input Driver. Setting this to 'Disabled' will use a board-specific default port for RC input. Values:
Reboot required: true | 300 | ||
SER_GPS1_BAUD (INT32) | Baudrate for the GPS 1 Serial Port Comment: Configure the Baudrate for the GPS 1 Serial Port. Note: certain drivers such as the GPS can determine the Baudrate automatically. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
SER_GPS2_BAUD (INT32) | Baudrate for the GPS 2 Serial Port Comment: Configure the Baudrate for the GPS 2 Serial Port. Note: certain drivers such as the GPS can determine the Baudrate automatically. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
SER_GPS3_BAUD (INT32) | Baudrate for the GPS 3 Serial Port Comment: Configure the Baudrate for the GPS 3 Serial Port. Note: certain drivers such as the GPS can determine the Baudrate automatically. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
SER_RC_BAUD (INT32) | Baudrate for the Radio Controller Serial Port Comment: Configure the Baudrate for the Radio Controller Serial Port. Note: certain drivers such as the GPS can determine the Baudrate automatically. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
SER_TEL1_BAUD (INT32) | Baudrate for the TELEM 1 Serial Port Comment: Configure the Baudrate for the TELEM 1 Serial Port. Note: certain drivers such as the GPS can determine the Baudrate automatically. Values:
Reboot required: true | 57600 | ||
SER_TEL2_BAUD (INT32) | Baudrate for the TELEM 2 Serial Port Comment: Configure the Baudrate for the TELEM 2 Serial Port. Note: certain drivers such as the GPS can determine the Baudrate automatically. Values:
Reboot required: true | 921600 | ||
SER_TEL3_BAUD (INT32) | Baudrate for the TELEM 3 Serial Port Comment: Configure the Baudrate for the TELEM 3 Serial Port. Note: certain drivers such as the GPS can determine the Baudrate automatically. Values:
Reboot required: true | 57600 | ||
SER_TEL4_BAUD (INT32) | Baudrate for the TELEM/SERIAL 4 Serial Port Comment: Configure the Baudrate for the TELEM/SERIAL 4 Serial Port. Note: certain drivers such as the GPS can determine the Baudrate automatically. Values:
Reboot required: true | 57600 | ||
SER_URT6_BAUD (INT32) | Baudrate for the UART 6 Serial Port Comment: Configure the Baudrate for the UART 6 Serial Port. Note: certain drivers such as the GPS can determine the Baudrate automatically. Values:
Reboot required: true | 57600 | ||
SER_WIFI_BAUD (INT32) | Baudrate for the Wifi Port Serial Port Comment: Configure the Baudrate for the Wifi Port Serial Port. Note: certain drivers such as the GPS can determine the Baudrate automatically. Values:
Reboot required: true | 1 |
# Simulation In Hardware
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
SIH_BARO_OFFSET (FLOAT) | Barometer offset in meters Comment: Absolute value superior to 10000 will disable barometer | 0.0 | m | |
SIH_DISTSNSR_MAX (FLOAT) | distance sensor maximun range | 0.0 > 1000.0 (0.01) | 100.0 | m |
SIH_DISTSNSR_MIN (FLOAT) | distance sensor minimun range | 0.0 > 10.0 (0.01) | 0.0 | m |
SIH_DISTSNSR_OVR (FLOAT) | if >= 0 the distance sensor measures will be overrided by this value Comment: Absolute value superior to 10000 will disable distance sensor | -1.0 | m | |
SIH_GPS_USED (INT32) | Number of GPS satellites used | 0 > 50 | 10 | |
SIH_IXX (FLOAT) | Vehicle inertia about X axis Comment: The intertia is a 3 by 3 symmetric matrix. It represents the difficulty of the vehicle to modify its angular rate. | 0.0 > ? (0.005) | 0.025 | kg m^2 |
SIH_IXY (FLOAT) | Vehicle cross term inertia xy Comment: The intertia is a 3 by 3 symmetric matrix. This value can be set to 0 for a quad symmetric about its center of mass. | (0.005) | 0.0 | kg m^2 |
SIH_IXZ (FLOAT) | Vehicle cross term inertia xz Comment: The intertia is a 3 by 3 symmetric matrix. This value can be set to 0 for a quad symmetric about its center of mass. | (0.005) | 0.0 | kg m^2 |
SIH_IYY (FLOAT) | Vehicle inertia about Y axis Comment: The intertia is a 3 by 3 symmetric matrix. It represents the difficulty of the vehicle to modify its angular rate. | 0.0 > ? (0.005) | 0.025 | kg m^2 |
SIH_IYZ (FLOAT) | Vehicle cross term inertia yz Comment: The intertia is a 3 by 3 symmetric matrix. This value can be set to 0 for a quad symmetric about its center of mass. | (0.005) | 0.0 | kg m^2 |
SIH_IZZ (FLOAT) | Vehicle inertia about Z axis Comment: The intertia is a 3 by 3 symmetric matrix. It represents the difficulty of the vehicle to modify its angular rate. | 0.0 > ? (0.005) | 0.030 | kg m^2 |
SIH_KDV (FLOAT) | First order drag coefficient Comment: Physical coefficient representing the friction with air particules. The greater this value, the slower the quad will move. Drag force function of velocity: D=-KDV*V. The maximum freefall velocity can be computed as V=10*MASS/KDV [m/s] | 0.0 > ? (0.05) | 1.0 | N/(m/s) |
SIH_KDW (FLOAT) | First order angular damper coefficient Comment: Physical coefficient representing the friction with air particules during rotations. The greater this value, the slower the quad will rotate. Aerodynamic moment function of body rate: Ma=-KDW*W_B. This value can be set to 0 if unknown. | 0.0 > ? (0.005) | 0.025 | Nm/(rad/s) |
SIH_LOC_H0 (FLOAT) | Initial AMSL ground altitude Comment: This value represents the Above Mean Sea Level (AMSL) altitude where the simulation begins. If using FlightGear as a visual animation, this value can be tweaked such that the vehicle lies on the ground at takeoff. LAT0, LON0, H0, MU_X, MU_Y, and MU_Z should ideally be consistent among each others to represent a physical ground location on Earth. | -420.0 > 8848.0 (0.01) | 32.34 | m |
SIH_LOC_LAT0 (INT32) | Initial geodetic latitude Comment: This value represents the North-South location on Earth where the simulation begins. A value of 45 deg should be written 450000000. LAT0, LON0, H0, MU_X, MU_Y, and MU_Z should ideally be consistent among each others to represent a physical ground location on Earth. | -850000000 > 850000000 | 454671160 | deg*1e7 |
SIH_LOC_LON0 (INT32) | Initial geodetic longitude Comment: This value represents the East-West location on Earth where the simulation begins. A value of 45 deg should be written 450000000. LAT0, LON0, H0, MU_X, MU_Y, and MU_Z should ideally be consistent among each others to represent a physical ground location on Earth. | -1800000000 > 1800000000 | -737578370 | deg*1e7 |
SIH_LOC_MU_X (FLOAT) | North magnetic field at the initial location Comment: This value represents the North magnetic field at the initial location. A magnetic field calculator can be found on the NOAA website Note, the values need to be converted from nano Tesla to Gauss LAT0, LON0, H0, MU_X, MU_Y, and MU_Z should ideally be consistent among each others to represent a physical ground location on Earth. | -1.0 > 1.0 (0.001) | 0.179 | gauss |
SIH_LOC_MU_Y (FLOAT) | East magnetic field at the initial location Comment: This value represents the East magnetic field at the initial location. A magnetic field calculator can be found on the NOAA website Note, the values need to be converted from nano Tesla to Gauss LAT0, LON0, H0, MU_X, MU_Y, and MU_Z should ideally be consistent among each others to represent a physical ground location on Earth. | -1.0 > 1.0 (0.001) | -0.045 | gauss |
SIH_LOC_MU_Z (FLOAT) | Down magnetic field at the initial location Comment: This value represents the Down magnetic field at the initial location. A magnetic field calculator can be found on the NOAA website Note, the values need to be converted from nano Tesla to Gauss LAT0, LON0, H0, MU_X, MU_Y, and MU_Z should ideally be consistent among each others to represent a physical ground location on Earth. | -1.0 > 1.0 (0.001) | 0.504 | gauss |
SIH_L_PITCH (FLOAT) | Pitch arm length Comment: This is the arm length generating the pitching moment This value can be measured with a ruler. This corresponds to half the distance between the front and rear motors. | 0.0 > ? (0.05) | 0.2 | m |
SIH_L_ROLL (FLOAT) | Roll arm length Comment: This is the arm length generating the rolling moment This value can be measured with a ruler. This corresponds to half the distance between the left and right motors. | 0.0 > ? (0.05) | 0.2 | m |
SIH_MAG_OFFSET_X (FLOAT) | magnetometer X offset in Gauss Comment: Absolute value superior to 10000 will disable magnetometer | 0.0 | gauss | |
SIH_MAG_OFFSET_Y (FLOAT) | magnetometer Y offset in Gauss Comment: Absolute value superior to 10000 will disable magnetometer | 0.0 | gauss | |
SIH_MAG_OFFSET_Z (FLOAT) | magnetometer Z offset in Gauss Comment: Absolute value superior to 10000 will disable magnetometer | 0.0 | gauss | |
SIH_MASS (FLOAT) | Vehicle mass Comment: This value can be measured by weighting the quad on a scale. | 0.0 > ? (0.1) | 1.0 | kg |
SIH_Q_MAX (FLOAT) | Max propeller torque Comment: This is the maximum torque delivered by one propeller when the motor is running at full speed. This value is usually about few percent of the maximum thrust force. | 0.0 > ? (0.05) | 0.1 | Nm |
SIH_T_MAX (FLOAT) | Max propeller thrust force Comment: This is the maximum force delivered by one propeller when the motor is running at full speed. This value is usually about 5 times the mass of the quadrotor. | 0.0 > ? (0.5) | 5.0 | N |
SIH_T_TAU (FLOAT) | thruster time constant tau Comment: the time taken for the thruster to step from 0 to 100% should be about 4 times tau | 0.05 | s |
# System
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
LED_RGB1_MAXBRT (INT32) | RGB Led brightness limit Comment: Set to 0 to disable, 1 for minimum brightness up to 31 (max) | 0 > 31 | 31 | |
LED_RGB_MAXBRT (INT32) | RGB Led brightness limit Comment: Set to 0 to disable, 1 for minimum brightness up to 15 (max) | 0 > 15 | 15 | |
SYS_AUTOCONFIG (INT32) | Automatically configure default values Comment: Set to 1 to reset parameters on next system startup (setting defaults). Platform-specific values are used if available. RC* parameters are preserved. Values:
| 0 | ||
SYS_AUTOSTART (INT32) | Auto-start script index Comment: CHANGING THIS VALUE REQUIRES A RESTART. Defines the auto-start script used to bootstrap the system. Reboot required: true | 0 > 9999999 | 0 | |
SYS_BL_UPDATE (INT32) | Bootloader update Comment: If enabled, update the bootloader on the next boot. WARNING: do not cut the power during an update process, otherwise you will have to recover using some alternative method (e.g. JTAG). Instructions: - Insert an SD card - Enable this parameter - Reboot the board (plug the power or send a reboot command) - Wait until the board comes back up (or at least 2 minutes) - If it does not come back, check the file bootlog.txt on the SD card Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) | ||
SYS_CAL_ACCEL (INT32) | Enable auto start of accelerometer thermal calibration at the next power up Comment: 0 : Set to 0 to do nothing 1 : Set to 1 to start a calibration at next boot This parameter is reset to zero when the temperature calibration starts. default (0, no calibration) | 0 > 1 | 0 | |
SYS_CAL_BARO (INT32) | Enable auto start of barometer thermal calibration at the next power up Comment: 0 : Set to 0 to do nothing 1 : Set to 1 to start a calibration at next boot This parameter is reset to zero when the temperature calibration starts. default (0, no calibration) | 0 > 1 | 0 | |
SYS_CAL_GYRO (INT32) | Enable auto start of rate gyro thermal calibration at the next power up Comment: 0 : Set to 0 to do nothing 1 : Set to 1 to start a calibration at next boot This parameter is reset to zero when the temperature calibration starts. default (0, no calibration) | 0 > 1 | 0 | |
SYS_CAL_TDEL (INT32) | Required temperature rise during thermal calibration Comment: A temperature increase greater than this value is required during calibration. Calibration will complete for each sensor when the temperature increase above the starting temeprature exceeds the value set by SYS_CAL_TDEL. If the temperature rise is insufficient, the calibration will continue indefinitely and the board will need to be repowered to exit. | 10 > ? | 24 | celcius |
SYS_CAL_TMAX (INT32) | Maximum starting temperature for thermal calibration Comment: Temperature calibration will not start if the temperature of any sensor is higher than the value set by SYS_CAL_TMAX. | 10 | celcius | |
SYS_CAL_TMIN (INT32) | Minimum starting temperature for thermal calibration Comment: Temperature calibration for each sensor will ignore data if the temperature is lower than the value set by SYS_CAL_TMIN. | 5 | celcius | |
SYS_FAC_CAL_MODE (INT32) | Enable factory calibration mode Comment: If enabled, future sensor calibrations will be stored to /fs/mtd_caldata. Note: this is only supported on boards with a separate calibration storage /fs/mtd_caldata. | Disabled (0) | ||
SYS_FAILURE_EN (INT32) | Enable failure injection Comment: If enabled allows MAVLink INJECT_FAILURE commands. WARNING: the failures can easily cause crashes and are to be used with caution! | Disabled (0) | ||
SYS_HAS_BARO (INT32) | Control if the vehicle has a barometer Comment: Disable this if the board has no barometer, such as some of the Omnibus F4 SD variants. If disabled, the preflight checks will not check for the presence of a barometer. Reboot required: true | Enabled (1) | ||
SYS_HAS_MAG (INT32) | Control if the vehicle has a magnetometer Comment: Disable this if the board has no magnetometer, such as the Omnibus F4 SD. If disabled, the preflight checks will not check for the presence of a magnetometer. Reboot required: true | Enabled (1) | ||
SYS_HITL (INT32) | Enable HITL/SIH mode on next boot Comment: While enabled the system will boot in Hardware-In-The-Loop (HITL) or Simulation-In-Hardware (SIH) mode and not enable all sensors and checks. When disabled the same vehicle can be flown normally. Set to 'external HITL', if the system should perform as if it were a real vehicle (the only difference to a real system is then only the parameter value, which can be used for log analysis). Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
SYS_MC_EST_GROUP (INT32) | Set multicopter estimator group Comment: Set the group of estimators used for multicopters and VTOLs Values:
Reboot required: true | 2 | ||
SYS_RESTART_TYPE (INT32) | Set restart type Comment: Set by px4io to indicate type of restart Values:
| 0 > 2 | 2 | |
SYS_STCK_EN (INT32) | Enable stack checking | Enabled (1) | ||
SYS_USE_IO (INT32) | Set usage of IO board Comment: Can be used to use a standard startup script but with a FMU only set-up. Set to 0 to force the FMU only set-up. Reboot required: true | 0 > 1 | Enabled (1) |
# Telemetry
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
TEL_BST_EN (INT32) | Blacksheep telemetry Enable Comment: If true, the FMU will try to connect to Blacksheep telemetry on start up Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) | ||
TEL_FRSKY_CONFIG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for FrSky Telemetry Comment: Configure on which serial port to run FrSky Telemetry. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 | ||
TEL_HOTT_CONFIG (INT32) | Serial Configuration for HoTT Telemetry Comment: Configure on which serial port to run HoTT Telemetry. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 |
# Testing
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
TEST_1 (INT32) | 2 | |||
TEST_2 (INT32) | 4 | |||
TEST_3 (FLOAT) | 5.0 | |||
TEST_D (FLOAT) | 0.01 | |||
TEST_DEV (FLOAT) | 2.0 | |||
TEST_D_LP (FLOAT) | 10.0 | |||
TEST_HP (FLOAT) | 10.0 | |||
TEST_I (FLOAT) | 0.1 | |||
TEST_I_MAX (FLOAT) | 1.0 | |||
TEST_LP (FLOAT) | 10.0 | |||
TEST_MAX (FLOAT) | 1.0 | |||
TEST_MEAN (FLOAT) | 1.0 | |||
TEST_MIN (FLOAT) | -1.0 | |||
TEST_P (FLOAT) | 0.2 | |||
TEST_PARAMS (INT32) | 12345678 | |||
TEST_RC2_X (INT32) | 16 | |||
TEST_RC_X (INT32) | 8 | |||
TEST_TRIM (FLOAT) | 0.5 |
# Thermal Compensation
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
TC_A0_ID (INT32) | ID of Accelerometer that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
TC_A0_TMAX (FLOAT) | Accelerometer calibration maximum temperature | 100.0 | ||
TC_A0_TMIN (FLOAT) | Accelerometer calibration minimum temperature | 0.0 | ||
TC_A0_TREF (FLOAT) | Accelerometer calibration reference temperature | 25.0 | ||
TC_A0_X0_0 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A0_X0_1 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A0_X0_2 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A0_X1_0 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A0_X1_1 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A0_X1_2 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A0_X2_0 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A0_X2_1 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A0_X2_2 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A0_X3_0 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A0_X3_1 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A0_X3_2 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A1_ID (INT32) | ID of Accelerometer that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
TC_A1_TMAX (FLOAT) | Accelerometer calibration maximum temperature | 100.0 | ||
TC_A1_TMIN (FLOAT) | Accelerometer calibration minimum temperature | 0.0 | ||
TC_A1_TREF (FLOAT) | Accelerometer calibration reference temperature | 25.0 | ||
TC_A1_X0_0 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A1_X0_1 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A1_X0_2 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A1_X1_0 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A1_X1_1 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A1_X1_2 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A1_X2_0 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A1_X2_1 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A1_X2_2 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A1_X3_0 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A1_X3_1 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A1_X3_2 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A2_ID (INT32) | ID of Accelerometer that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
TC_A2_TMAX (FLOAT) | Accelerometer calibration maximum temperature | 100.0 | ||
TC_A2_TMIN (FLOAT) | Accelerometer calibration minimum temperature | 0.0 | ||
TC_A2_TREF (FLOAT) | Accelerometer calibration reference temperature | 25.0 | ||
TC_A2_X0_0 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A2_X0_1 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A2_X0_2 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A2_X1_0 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A2_X1_1 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A2_X1_2 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A2_X2_0 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A2_X2_1 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A2_X2_2 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A2_X3_0 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A2_X3_1 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A2_X3_2 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A3_ID (INT32) | ID of Accelerometer that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
TC_A3_TMAX (FLOAT) | Accelerometer calibration maximum temperature | 100.0 | ||
TC_A3_TMIN (FLOAT) | Accelerometer calibration minimum temperature | 0.0 | ||
TC_A3_TREF (FLOAT) | Accelerometer calibration reference temperature | 25.0 | ||
TC_A3_X0_0 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A3_X0_1 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A3_X0_2 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A3_X1_0 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A3_X1_1 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A3_X1_2 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A3_X2_0 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A3_X2_1 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A3_X2_2 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A3_X3_0 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A3_X3_1 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A3_X3_2 (FLOAT) | Accelerometer offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_A_ENABLE (INT32) | Thermal compensation for accelerometer sensors Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) | ||
TC_B0_ID (INT32) | ID of Barometer that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
TC_B0_TMAX (FLOAT) | Barometer calibration maximum temperature | 75.0 | ||
TC_B0_TMIN (FLOAT) | Barometer calibration minimum temperature | 5.0 | ||
TC_B0_TREF (FLOAT) | Barometer calibration reference temperature | 40.0 | ||
TC_B0_X0 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B0_X1 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficients | 0.0 | ||
TC_B0_X2 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B0_X3 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B0_X4 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^4 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B0_X5 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^5 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B1_ID (INT32) | ID of Barometer that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
TC_B1_TMAX (FLOAT) | Barometer calibration maximum temperature | 75.0 | ||
TC_B1_TMIN (FLOAT) | Barometer calibration minimum temperature | 5.0 | ||
TC_B1_TREF (FLOAT) | Barometer calibration reference temperature | 40.0 | ||
TC_B1_X0 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B1_X1 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficients | 0.0 | ||
TC_B1_X2 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B1_X3 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B1_X4 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^4 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B1_X5 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^5 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B2_ID (INT32) | ID of Barometer that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
TC_B2_TMAX (FLOAT) | Barometer calibration maximum temperature | 75.0 | ||
TC_B2_TMIN (FLOAT) | Barometer calibration minimum temperature | 5.0 | ||
TC_B2_TREF (FLOAT) | Barometer calibration reference temperature | 40.0 | ||
TC_B2_X0 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B2_X1 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficients | 0.0 | ||
TC_B2_X2 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B2_X3 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B2_X4 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^4 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B2_X5 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^5 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B3_ID (INT32) | ID of Barometer that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
TC_B3_TMAX (FLOAT) | Barometer calibration maximum temperature | 75.0 | ||
TC_B3_TMIN (FLOAT) | Barometer calibration minimum temperature | 5.0 | ||
TC_B3_TREF (FLOAT) | Barometer calibration reference temperature | 40.0 | ||
TC_B3_X0 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B3_X1 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficients | 0.0 | ||
TC_B3_X2 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B3_X3 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B3_X4 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^4 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B3_X5 (FLOAT) | Barometer offset temperature ^5 polynomial coefficient | 0.0 | ||
TC_B_ENABLE (INT32) | Thermal compensation for barometric pressure sensors Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) | ||
TC_G0_ID (INT32) | ID of Gyro that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
TC_G0_TMAX (FLOAT) | Gyro calibration maximum temperature | 100.0 | ||
TC_G0_TMIN (FLOAT) | Gyro calibration minimum temperature | 0.0 | ||
TC_G0_TREF (FLOAT) | Gyro calibration reference temperature | 25.0 | ||
TC_G0_X0_0 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G0_X0_1 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G0_X0_2 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G0_X1_0 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G0_X1_1 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G0_X1_2 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G0_X2_0 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G0_X2_1 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G0_X2_2 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G0_X3_0 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G0_X3_1 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G0_X3_2 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G1_ID (INT32) | ID of Gyro that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
TC_G1_TMAX (FLOAT) | Gyro calibration maximum temperature | 100.0 | ||
TC_G1_TMIN (FLOAT) | Gyro calibration minimum temperature | 0.0 | ||
TC_G1_TREF (FLOAT) | Gyro calibration reference temperature | 25.0 | ||
TC_G1_X0_0 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G1_X0_1 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G1_X0_2 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G1_X1_0 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G1_X1_1 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G1_X1_2 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G1_X2_0 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G1_X2_1 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G1_X2_2 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G1_X3_0 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G1_X3_1 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G1_X3_2 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G2_ID (INT32) | ID of Gyro that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
TC_G2_TMAX (FLOAT) | Gyro calibration maximum temperature | 100.0 | ||
TC_G2_TMIN (FLOAT) | Gyro calibration minimum temperature | 0.0 | ||
TC_G2_TREF (FLOAT) | Gyro calibration reference temperature | 25.0 | ||
TC_G2_X0_0 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G2_X0_1 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G2_X0_2 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G2_X1_0 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G2_X1_1 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G2_X1_2 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G2_X2_0 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G2_X2_1 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G2_X2_2 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G2_X3_0 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G2_X3_1 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G2_X3_2 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G3_ID (INT32) | ID of Gyro that the calibration is for | 0 | ||
TC_G3_TMAX (FLOAT) | Gyro calibration maximum temperature | 100.0 | ||
TC_G3_TMIN (FLOAT) | Gyro calibration minimum temperature | 0.0 | ||
TC_G3_TREF (FLOAT) | Gyro calibration reference temperature | 25.0 | ||
TC_G3_X0_0 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G3_X0_1 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G3_X0_2 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^0 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G3_X1_0 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G3_X1_1 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G3_X1_2 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^1 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G3_X2_0 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G3_X2_1 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G3_X2_2 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^2 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G3_X3_0 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - X axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G3_X3_1 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - Y axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G3_X3_2 (FLOAT) | Gyro rate offset temperature ^3 polynomial coefficient - Z axis | 0.0 | ||
TC_G_ENABLE (INT32) | Thermal compensation for rate gyro sensors Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) |
# UAVCAN
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
CANNODE_BITRATE (INT32) | UAVCAN CAN bus bitrate | 20000 > 1000000 | 1000000 | |
CANNODE_NODE_ID (INT32) | UAVCAN Node ID Comment: Read the specs at http://uavcan.org to learn more about Node ID. | 1 > 125 | 120 | |
UAVCAN_BAT_MON (INT32) | UAVCAN BATTERY_MONITOR battery monitor selection Comment: This parameter defines that the system will select the battery monitor under the following conditions 0 - default battery monitor 1 - CUAV battery monitor Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 1 | 0 | |
UAVCAN_BITRATE (INT32) | UAVCAN CAN bus bitrate Reboot required: true | 20000 > 1000000 | 1000000 | bit/s |
UAVCAN_ENABLE (INT32) | UAVCAN mode Comment: 0 - UAVCAN disabled. 1 - Enables support for UAVCAN sensors without dynamic node ID allocation and firmware update. 2 - Enables support for UAVCAN sensors with dynamic node ID allocation and firmware update. 3 - Enables support for UAVCAN sensors and actuators with dynamic node ID allocation and firmware update. Also sets the motor control outputs to UAVCAN. Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 3 | 0 | |
UAVCAN_ESC_IDLT (INT32) | UAVCAN ESC will spin at idle throttle when armed, even if the mixer outputs zero setpoints Reboot required: true | Enabled (1) | ||
UAVCAN_LGT_ANTCL (INT32) | UAVCAN ANTI_COLLISION light operating mode Comment: This parameter defines the minimum condition under which the system will command the ANTI_COLLISION lights on 0 - Always off 1 - When autopilot is armed 2 - When autopilot is prearmed 3 - Always on Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 3 | 2 | |
UAVCAN_LGT_LAND (INT32) | UAVCAN LIGHT_ID_LANDING light operating mode Comment: This parameter defines the minimum condition under which the system will command the LIGHT_ID_LANDING lights on 0 - Always off 1 - When autopilot is armed 2 - When autopilot is prearmed 3 - Always on Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 3 | 0 | |
UAVCAN_LGT_NAV (INT32) | UAVCAN RIGHT_OF_WAY light operating mode Comment: This parameter defines the minimum condition under which the system will command the RIGHT_OF_WAY lights on 0 - Always off 1 - When autopilot is armed 2 - When autopilot is prearmed 3 - Always on Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 3 | 3 | |
UAVCAN_LGT_STROB (INT32) | UAVCAN STROBE light operating mode Comment: This parameter defines the minimum condition under which the system will command the STROBE lights on 0 - Always off 1 - When autopilot is armed 2 - When autopilot is prearmed 3 - Always on Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 3 | 1 | |
UAVCAN_NODE_ID (INT32) | UAVCAN Node ID Comment: Read the specs at http://uavcan.org to learn more about Node ID. Reboot required: true | 1 > 125 | 1 | |
UAVCAN_RNG_MAX (FLOAT) | UAVCAN rangefinder maximum range Comment: This parameter defines the maximum valid range for a rangefinder connected via UAVCAN. | 200.0 | m | |
UAVCAN_RNG_MIN (FLOAT) | UAVCAN rangefinder minimum range Comment: This parameter defines the minimum valid range for a rangefinder connected via UAVCAN. | 0.3 | m |
# UAVCAN v1
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
UAVCAN_V1_BAUD (INT32) | UAVCAN/CAN v1 bus bitrate Reboot required: true | 20000 > 1000000 | 1000000 | bit/s |
UAVCAN_V1_ENABLE (INT32) | UAVCAN v1 Comment: 0 - UAVCAN disabled. 1 - Enables UAVCANv1 Reboot required: true | Disabled (0) | ||
UCAN1_ACTR_PUB (INT32) | actuator_outputs uORB over UAVCAN v1 port ID | -1 > 6143 | -1 | |
UCAN1_BMS_BP_PID (INT32) | DS-015 battery parameters port ID | -1 > 6143 | -1 | |
UCAN1_BMS_BS_PID (INT32) | DS-015 battery status port ID | -1 > 6143 | -1 | |
UCAN1_BMS_ES_PID (INT32) | DS-015 battery energy source port ID | -1 > 6143 | -1 | |
UCAN1_ESC0_PID (INT32) | ESC0 port ID | -1 > 6143 | -1 | |
UCAN1_ESC_PUB (INT32) | UAVCAN v1 ESC port ID | -1 > 6143 | -1 | |
UCAN1_GPS0_PID (INT32) | GPS 0 port ID | -1 > 6143 | -1 | |
UCAN1_GPS1_PID (INT32) | GPS 1 port ID | -1 > 6143 | -1 | |
UCAN1_GPS_PUB (INT32) | UAVCAN v1 GPS port ID | -1 > 6143 | -1 | |
UCAN1_LG_BMS_PID (INT32) | UAVCAN v1 leagcy battery port ID | -1 > 6143 | -1 | |
UCAN1_SERVO_PUB (INT32) | UAVCAN v1 Servo port ID | -1 > 6143 | -1 | |
UCAN1_UORB_GPS (INT32) | sensor_gps uORB over UAVCAN v1 port ID | -1 > 6143 | -1 |
# UAVCANv1
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
UAVCAN_V1_ID (INT32) | UAVCAN v1 Node ID Comment: Read the specs at http://uavcan.org to learn more about Node ID. Reboot required: true | 1 > 125 | 1 |
# UUV Attitude Control
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
UUV_DIRCT_PITCH (FLOAT) | Direct pitch input | 0.0 | ||
UUV_DIRCT_ROLL (FLOAT) | Direct roll input | 0.0 | ||
UUV_DIRCT_THRUST (FLOAT) | Direct thrust input | 0.0 | ||
UUV_DIRCT_YAW (FLOAT) | Direct yaw input | 0.0 | ||
UUV_INPUT_MODE (INT32) | Select Input Mode Values:
| 0 | ||
UUV_PITCH_D (FLOAT) | Pitch differential gain | 2.0 | ||
UUV_PITCH_P (FLOAT) | Pitch proportional gain | 4.0 | ||
UUV_ROLL_D (FLOAT) | Roll differential gain | 1.5 | ||
UUV_ROLL_P (FLOAT) | Roll proportional gain | 4.0 | ||
UUV_YAW_D (FLOAT) | Yaw differential gain | 2.0 | ||
UUV_YAW_P (FLOAT) | Yawh proportional gain | 4.0 |
# UUV Position Control
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
UUV_GAIN_X_D (FLOAT) | Gain of D controller X | 0.2 | ||
UUV_GAIN_X_P (FLOAT) | Gain of P controller X | 1.0 | ||
UUV_GAIN_Y_D (FLOAT) | Gain of D controller Y | 0.2 | ||
UUV_GAIN_Y_P (FLOAT) | Gain of P controller Y | 1.0 | ||
UUV_GAIN_Z_D (FLOAT) | Gain of D controller Z | 0.2 | ||
UUV_GAIN_Z_P (FLOAT) | Gain of P controller Z | 1.0 | ||
UUV_STAB_MODE (INT32) | Stabilization mode(1) or Position Control(0) Values:
| 1 |
# VTOL Attitude Control
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
VT_ARSP_BLEND (FLOAT) | Transition blending airspeed Comment: Airspeed at which we can start blending both fw and mc controls. Set to 0 to disable. | 0.00 > 30.00 (1) | 8.0 | m/s |
VT_ARSP_TRANS (FLOAT) | Transition airspeed Comment: Airspeed at which we can switch to fw mode | 0.00 > 30.00 (1) | 10.0 | m/s |
VT_B_DEC_FF (FLOAT) | Backtransition deceleration setpoint to pitch feedforward gain | 0 > 0.2 (0.05) | 0.12 | rad s^2/m |
VT_B_DEC_I (FLOAT) | Backtransition deceleration setpoint to pitch I gain | 0 > 0.3 (0.05) | 0.1 | rad s/m |
VT_B_DEC_MSS (FLOAT) | Approximate deceleration during back transition Comment: The approximate deceleration during a back transition in m/s/s Used to calculate back transition distance in mission mode. A lower value will make the VTOL transition further from the destination waypoint. For standard vtol and tiltrotors a controller is used to track this value during the transition. | 0.5 > 10 (0.1) | 2.0 | m/s^2 |
VT_B_REV_DEL (FLOAT) | Delay in seconds before applying back transition throttle Comment: Set this to a value greater than 0 to give the motor time to spin down. unit s | 0 > 10 (1) | 0.0 | |
VT_B_REV_OUT (FLOAT) | Output on airbrakes channel during back transition Comment: Used for airbrakes or with ESCs that have reverse thrust enabled on a seperate channel Airbrakes need to be enables for your selected model/mixer | 0 > 1 (0.01) | 0.0 | |
VT_B_TRANS_DUR (FLOAT) | Duration of a back transition Comment: Time in seconds used for a back transition | 0.00 > 20.00 (1) | 4.0 | s |
VT_B_TRANS_RAMP (FLOAT) | Back transition MC motor ramp up time Comment: This sets the duration during which the MC motors ramp up to the commanded thrust during the back transition stage. | 0.0 > 20.0 | 3.0 | s |
VT_B_TRANS_THR (FLOAT) | Target throttle value for the transition to hover flight Comment: standard vtol: pusher tailsitter, tiltrotor: main throttle Note for standard vtol: For ESCs and mixers that support reverse thrust on low PWM values set this to a negative value to apply active breaking For ESCs that support thrust reversal with a control channel please set VT_B_REV_OUT and set this to a positive value to apply active breaking | -1 > 1 (0.01) | 0.0 | |
VT_DWN_PITCH_MAX (FLOAT) | Maximum allowed angle the vehicle is allowed to pitch down to generate forward force Comment: When fixed-wing forward actuation is active (see VT_FW_TRHUST_EN). If demanded down pitch exceeds this limmit, the fixed-wing forward actuators are used instead. | 0.0 > 45.0 | 5.0 | |
VT_ELEV_MC_LOCK (INT32) | Lock elevons in multicopter mode Comment: If set to 1 the elevons are locked in multicopter mode | Enabled (1) | ||
VT_FWD_THRUST_EN (INT32) | Enable/disable usage of fixed-wing actuators in hover to generate forward force (instead of pitching down) Comment: This technique can be used to avoid the plane having to pitch down in order to move forward. This prevents large, negative lift values being created when facing strong winds. Fixed-wing forward actuators refers to puller/pusher (standard VTOL), or forward-tilt (tiltrotor VTOL). Only active if demaded down pitch is above VT_DWN_PITCH_MAX, and uses VT_FWD_THRUST_SC to get from demanded down pitch to fixed-wing actuation. Values:
| 0 | ||
VT_FWD_THRUST_SC (FLOAT) | Fixed-wing actuator thrust scale for hover forward flight Comment: Scale applied to the demanded down-pitch to get the fixed-wing forward actuation in hover mode. Only active if demaded down pitch is above VT_DWN_PITCH_MAX. Enabled via VT_FWD_THRUST_EN. | 0.0 > 2.0 | 0.7 | |
VT_FW_ALT_ERR (FLOAT) | Adaptive QuadChute Comment: Maximum negative altitude error for fixed wing flight. If the altitude drops below this value below the altitude setpoint the vehicle will transition back to MC mode and enter failsafe RTL. | 0.0 > 200.0 | 0.0 | |
VT_FW_DIFTHR_EN (INT32) | Differential thrust in forwards flight Comment: Set to 1 to enable differential thrust in fixed-wing flight. | 0 > 1 | 0 | |
VT_FW_DIFTHR_SC (FLOAT) | Differential thrust scaling factor Comment: This factor specifies how the yaw input gets mapped to differential thrust in forwards flight. | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.1) | 0.1 | |
VT_FW_MIN_ALT (FLOAT) | QuadChute Altitude Comment: Minimum altitude for fixed wing flight, when in fixed wing the altitude drops below this altitude the vehicle will transition back to MC mode and enter failsafe RTL | 0.0 > 200.0 | 0.0 | |
VT_FW_MOT_OFFID (INT32) | The channel number of motors that must be turned off in fixed wing mode | 0 > 12345678 (1) | 0 | |
VT_FW_PERM_STAB (INT32) | Permanent stabilization in fw mode Comment: If set to one this parameter will cause permanent attitude stabilization in fw mode. This parameter has been introduced for pure convenience sake. | Disabled (0) | ||
VT_FW_QC_P (INT32) | QuadChute Max Pitch Comment: Maximum pitch angle before QuadChute engages Above this the vehicle will transition back to MC mode and enter failsafe RTL | 0 > 180 | 0 | |
VT_FW_QC_R (INT32) | QuadChute Max Roll Comment: Maximum roll angle before QuadChute engages Above this the vehicle will transition back to MC mode and enter failsafe RTL | 0 > 180 | 0 | |
VT_F_TRANS_DUR (FLOAT) | Duration of a front transition Comment: Time in seconds used for a transition | 0.00 > 20.00 (1) | 5.0 | s |
VT_F_TRANS_THR (FLOAT) | Target throttle value for the transition to fixed wing flight Comment: standard vtol: pusher tailsitter, tiltrotor: main throttle | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 1.0 | |
VT_F_TR_OL_TM (FLOAT) | Airspeed less front transition time (open loop) Comment: The duration of the front transition when there is no airspeed feedback available. | 1.0 > 30.0 | 6.0 | s |
VT_IDLE_PWM_MC (INT32) | Idle speed of VTOL when in multicopter mode | 900 > 2000 (1) | 900 | us |
VT_MC_ON_FMU (INT32) | Enable the usage of AUX outputs for hover motors Comment: Set this parameter to true if the vehicle's hover motors are connected to the FMU (AUX) port. Not required for boards that only have a FMU, and no IO. Only applies for standard VTOL and tiltrotor. | Disabled (0) | ||
VT_MOT_ID (INT32) | The channel number of motors which provide lift during hover | 0 > 12345678 (1) | 0 | |
VT_PSHER_RMP_DT (FLOAT) | Pusher throttle ramp up window Comment: Defines the time window during which the pusher throttle will be ramped up linearly to VT_F_TRANS_THR during a transition to fixed wing mode. Zero or negative values will produce an instant throttle rise to VT_F_TRANS_THR. | ? > 20 (0.01) | 3.0 | |
VT_TILT_FW (FLOAT) | Position of tilt servo in fw mode | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 1.0 | |
VT_TILT_MC (FLOAT) | Position of tilt servo in mc mode | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 0.0 | |
VT_TILT_SPINUP (FLOAT) | Tilt actuator control value commanded when disarmed and during the first second after arming Comment: This specific tilt during spin-up is necessary for some systems whose motors otherwise don't spin-up freely. | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 0.0 | |
VT_TILT_TRANS (FLOAT) | Position of tilt servo in transition mode | 0.0 > 1.0 (0.01) | 0.3 | |
VT_TRANS_MIN_TM (FLOAT) | Front transition minimum time Comment: Minimum time in seconds for front transition. | 0.0 > 20.0 | 2.0 | s |
VT_TRANS_P2_DUR (FLOAT) | Duration of front transition phase 2 Comment: Time in seconds it should take for the rotors to rotate forward completely from the point when the plane has picked up enough airspeed and is ready to go into fixed wind mode. | 0.1 > 5.0 (0.01) | 0.5 | s |
VT_TRANS_TIMEOUT (FLOAT) | Front transition timeout Comment: Time in seconds after which transition will be cancelled. Disabled if set to 0. | 0.00 > 30.00 (1) | 15.0 | s |
VT_TYPE (INT32) | VTOL Type (Tailsitter=0, Tiltrotor=1, Standard=2) Values:
Reboot required: true | 0 > 2 | 0 | |
WV_GAIN (FLOAT) | Weather-vane roll angle to yawrate Comment: The desired gain to convert roll sp into yaw rate sp. | 0.0 > 3.0 (0.01) | 1.0 | Hz |
# Vehicle Model
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
VM_INERTIA_XX (FLOAT) | Inertia matrix, XX component | (0.00001) | 0.01 | kg m^2 |
VM_INERTIA_XY (FLOAT) | Inertia matrix, XY component | (0.00001) | 0. | kg m^2 |
VM_INERTIA_XZ (FLOAT) | Inertia matrix, XZ component | (0.00001) | 0. | kg m^2 |
VM_INERTIA_YY (FLOAT) | Inertia matrix, YY component | (0.00001) | 0.01 | kg m^2 |
VM_INERTIA_YZ (FLOAT) | Inertia matrix, YZ component | (0.00001) | 0. | kg m^2 |
VM_INERTIA_ZZ (FLOAT) | Inertia matrix, ZZ component | (0.00001) | 0.01 | kg m^2 |
VM_MASS (FLOAT) | Mass | (0.00001) | 1. | kg |
# Miscellaneous
Name | Description | Min > Max (Incr.) | Default | Units |
---|---|---|---|---|
EXFW_HDNG_P (FLOAT) | 0.1 | |||
EXFW_PITCH_P (FLOAT) | 0.2 | |||
EXFW_ROLL_P (FLOAT) | 0.2 | |||
MPC_LAND_RC_HELP (INT32) | Enable user assisted descent speed for autonomous land routine Comment: When enabled, descent speed will be: stick full up - 0 stick centered - MPC_LAND_SPEED stick full down - 2 * MPC_LAND_SPEED Values:
| 0 > 1 | 0 | |
RV_YAW_P (FLOAT) | 0.1 | |||
UUV_SKIP_CTRL (INT32) | Skip the controller Values:
| 0 |